Concepts, definitions and data quality

The Monthly Survey of Manufacturing (MSM) publishes statistical series for manufacturers – sales of goods manufactured, inventories, unfilled orders and new orders. The values of these characteristics represent current monthly estimates of the more complete Annual Survey of Manufactures and Logging (ASML) data.

The MSM is a sample survey of approximately 10,500 Canadian manufacturing establishments, which are categorized into over 220 industries. Industries are classified according to the 2007 North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS). Seasonally adjusted series are available for the main aggregates.

An establishment comprises the smallest manufacturing unit capable of reporting the variables of interest. Data collected by the MSM provides a current ‘snapshot’ of sales of goods manufactured values by the Canadian manufacturing sector, enabling analysis of the state of the Canadian economy, as well as the health of specific industries in the short- to medium-term. The information is used by both private and public sectors including Statistics Canada, federal and provincial governments, business and trade entities, international and domestic non-governmental organizations, consultants, the business press and private citizens. The data are used for analyzing market share, trends, corporate benchmarking, policy analysis, program development, tax policy and trade policy.

1. Sales of goods manufactured

Sales of goods manufactured (formerly shipments of goods manufactured) are defined as the value of goods manufactured by establishments that have been shipped to a customer. Sales of goods manufactured exclude any wholesaling activity, and any revenues from the rental of equipment or the sale of electricity. Note that in practice, some respondents report financial trans­ac­tions rather than payments for work done. Sales of goods manufactured are available by 3-digit NAICS, for Canada and broken down by province.

For the aerospace product and parts, and shipbuilding industries, the value of production is used instead of sales of goods manufactured. This value is calculated by adjusting monthly sales of goods manufactured by the monthly change in inventories of goods / work in process and finished goods manufactured. Inventories of raw materials and components are not included in the calculation since production tries to measure "work done" during the month. This is done in order to reduce distortions caused by the sales of goods manufactured of high value items as completed sales.

2. Inventories

Measurement of component values of inventory is important for economic studies as well as for derivation of production values. Respondents are asked to report their book values (at cost) of raw materials and components, any goods / work in process, and fin­ished goods manufactured inventories separately. In some cases, respondents estimate a total inventory figure, which is allocated on the basis of proportions reported on the ASML. Inventory levels are calculated on a Canada‑wide basis, not by province.

3. Orders

a) Unfilled Orders

Unfilled orders represent a backlog or stock of orders that will generate future sales of goods manufactured assuming that they are not cancelled. As with inventories, unfilled orders and new orders levels are calculated on a Canada‑wide basis, not by province.

The MSM produces estimates for unfilled orders for all industries except for those industries where orders are customarily filled from stocks on hand and order books are not gen­erally maintained. In the case of the aircraft companies, options to purchase are not treated as orders until they are entered into the account­ing system.

b) New Orders

New orders represent current demand for manufactured products. Estimates of new orders are derived from sales of goods manufactured and unfilled orders data. All sales of goods manufactured within a month result from either an order received during the month or at some earlier time. New orders can be calculated as the sum of sales of goods manufactured adjusted for the monthly change in unfilled orders.

4. Non-Durable / Durable goods

a) Non-durable goods industries include:

Food (NAICS 311),
Beverage and Tobacco Products (312),
Textile Mills (313),
Textile Product Mills (314),
Clothing (315),
Leather and Allied Products (316),
Paper (322),
Printing and Related Support Activities (323),
Petroleum and Coal Products (324),
Chemicals (325) and
Plastic and Rubber Products (326).

b) Durable goods industries include:

Wood Products (NAICS 321),
Non-Metallic Mineral Products (327),
Primary Metals (331),
Fabricated Metal Products (332),
Machinery (333),
Computer and Electronic Products (334),
Electrical Equipment, Appliance and Components (335),
Transportation Equipment (336),
Furniture and Related Products (337) and
Miscellaneous Manufacturing (339). 

Survey design and methodology

Beginning with the August 1999 reference month, the Monthly Survey of Manufacturing (MSM) underwent an extensive redesign.

Concept Review

In 1998, it was decided that before any redesign work could begin the basic concepts and definitions of the program would be confirmed.

This was done in two ways: First, a review of user requirements was initiated. This involved revisiting an internal report to ensure that the user requirements from that exercise were being satisfied. As well, another round of internal review with the major users in the National Accounts was undertaken. This was to specifically focus on any data gaps that could be identified.

Secondly, with these gaps or requirements in hand, a survey was conducted in order to ascertain respondent’s ability to report existing and new data. The study was also to confirm that respondents understood the definitions, which were being asked by survey analysts.

The result of the concept review was a reduction of the number of questions for the survey from sixteen to seven. Most of the questions that were dropped had to do with the reporting of sales of goods manufactured for work that was partially completed.

In 2007, the MSM terminology was updated to be Charter of Accounts (COA) compliant. With the August 2007 reference month release the MSM has harmonized its concepts to the ASML. The variable formerly called “Shipments” is now called “Sales of goods manufactured”. As well, minor modifications were made to the inventory component names. The definitions have not been modified nor has the information collected from the survey.

Methodology

The latest sample design incorporates the 2007 North American Industrial Classification Standard (NAICS). Stratification is done by province with equal quality requirements for each province. Large size units are selected with certainty and small units are selected with a probability based on the desired quality of the estimate within a cell.

The estimation system generates estimates using the NAICS. The estimates will also continue to be reconciled to the ASML. Provincial estimates for all variables will be produced. A measure of quality (CV) will also be produced.

Components of the Survey Design

Target Population and Sampling Frame

Statistics Canada’s business register provides the sampling frame for the MSM. The target population for the MSM consists of all statistical establishments on the business register that are classified to the manufacturing sector (by NAICS). The sampling frame for the MSM is determined from the target population after subtracting establishments that represent the bottom 5% of the total manufacturing sales of goods manufactured estimate for each province. These establishments were excluded from the frame so that the sample size could be reduced without significantly affecting quality.

The Sample

The MSM sample is a probability sample comprised of approximately 10,500 establishments. A new sample was chosen in the autumn of 2006, followed by a six-month parallel run (from reference month September 2006 to reference month February 2007). The refreshed sample officially became the new sample of the MSM effective in January 2007.

This marks the first process of refreshing the MSM sample since 2002. The objective of the process is to keep the sample frame as fresh and up-to date as possible. All establishments in the sample are refreshed to take into account changes in their value of sales of goods manufactured, the removal of dead units from the sample and some small units are rotated out of the GST-based portion of the sample, while others are rotated into the sample.

Prior to selection, the sampling frame is subdivided into industry-province cells. For the most part, NAICS codes were used. Depending upon the number of establishments within each cell, further subdivisions were made to group similar sized establishments’ together (called stratum). An establishment’s size was based on its most recently available annual sales of goods manufactured or sales value. 

Each industry by province cell has a ‘take-all’ stratum composed of establishments sampled each month with certainty. This ‘take-all’ stratum is composed of establishments that are the largest statistical enterprises, and have the largest impact on estimates within a particular industry by province cell. These large statistical enterprises comprise 45% of the national manufacturing sales of goods manufactured estimates.

Each industry by province cell can have at most three ‘take-some’ strata. Not all establishments within these stratums need to be sampled with certainty. A random sample is drawn from the remaining strata. The responses from these sampled establishments are weighted according to the inverse of their probability of selection. In cells with take-some portion, a minimum sample of 10 was imposed to increase stability.

The take-none portion of the sample is now estimated from administrative data and as a result, 100% of the sample universe is covered. Estimation of the take-none portion also improved efficiency as a larger take-none portion was delineated and the sample could be used more efficiently on the smaller sampled portion of the frame.

Data Collection

Only a subset of the sample establishments is sent out for data collection. For the remaining units, information from administrative data files is used as a source for deriving sales of goods manufactured data. For those establishments that are surveyed, data collection, data capture, preliminary edit and follow-up of non-respondents are all performed in Statistics Canada regional offices. Sampled establishments are contacted by mail or telephone according to the preference of the respondent. Data capture and preliminary editing are performed simultaneously to ensure the validity of the data.

In some cases, combined reports are received from enterprises or companies with more than one establishment in the sample where respondents prefer not to provide individual establishment reports. Businesses, which do not report or whose reports contain errors, are followed up immediately.

Use of Administrative Data

Managing response burden is an ongoing challenge for Statistics Canada. In an attempt to alleviate response burden, especially for small businesses, Statistics Canada has been investigating various alternatives to survey taking. Administrative data files are a rich source of information for business data and Statistics Canada is working at mining this rich data source to its full potential. As such, effective the August 2004 reference month, the MSM reduced the number of simple establishments in the sample that are surveyed directly and instead, derives sales of goods manufactured data for these establishments from Goods and Services Tax (GST) files using a statistical model. The model accounts for the difference between sales of goods manufactured (reported to MSM) and sales (reported for GST purposes) as well as the time lag between the reference period of the survey and the reference period of the GST file.

In conjunction with the most recent sample, effective January 2007, approximately 2,500 simple establishments were selected to represent the GST portion of the sample.

Inventories and unfilled orders estimates for establishments where sales of goods manufactured are GST-based are derived using the MSM’s imputation system. The imputation system applies to the previous month values, the month-to-month and year-to-year changes in similar firms which are surveyed. With the most recent sample, the eligibility rules for GST-based establishments were refined to have more GST-based establishments in industries that typically carry fewer inventories. This way the impact of the GST-based establishments which require the estimation of inventories, will be kept to a minimum.

Detailed information on the methodology used for modelling sales of goods manufactured from administrative data sources can be found in the ‘Monthly Survey of Manufacturing: Use of Administrative Data’ (Catalogue no. 31-533-XIE) document.

Data quality

Statistical Edit and Imputation

Data are analyzed within each industry-province cell. Extreme values are listed for inspection by the magnitude of the deviation from average behavior. Respondents are contacted to verify extreme values. Records that fail statistical edits are considered outliers and are not used for imputation.

Values are imputed for the non-responses, for establishments that do not report or only partially complete the survey form. A number of imputation methods are used depending on the variable requiring treatment. Methods include using industry-province cell trends, historical responses, or reference to the ASML. Following imputation, the MSM staff performs a final verification of the responses that have been imputed.

Revisions

In conjunction with preliminary estimates for the current month, estimates for the previous three months are revised to account for any late returns. Data are revised when late responses are received or if an incorrect response was recorded earlier.

Estimation

Estimates are produced based on returns from a sample of manufacturing establishments in combination with administrative data for a portion of the smallest establishments. The survey sample includes 100% coverage of the large manufacturing establishments in each industry by province, plus partial coverage of the medium and small-sized firms. Combined reports from multi-unit companies are pro-rated among their establishments and adjustments for progress billings reflect revenues received for work done on large item contracts. Approximately 2,500 of the sampled medium and small-sized establishments are not sent questionnaires, but instead their sales of goods manufactured are derived by using revenue from the GST files. The portion not represented through sampling – the take-none portion - consist of establishments below specified thresholds in each province and industry. Sub-totals for this portion are also derived based on their revenues.

Industry values of sales of goods manufactured, inventories and unfilled orders are estimated by first weighting the survey responses, the values derived from the GST files and the imputations by the number of establishments each represents. The weighted estimates are then summed with the take-none portion. While sales of goods manufactured estimates are produced by province, no geographical detail is compiled for inventories and orders since many firms cannot report book values of these items monthly.

Benchmarking

Up to and including 2003, the MSM was benchmarked to the Annual Survey of Manufactures and Logging (ASML). Benchmarking was the regular review of the MSM estimates in the context of the annual data provided by the ASML. Benchmarking re-aligned the annualized level of the MSM based on the latest verified annual data provided by the ASML.

Significant research by Statistics Canada in 2006 to 2007 was completed on whether the benchmark process should be maintained. The conclusion was that benchmarking of the MSM estimates to the ASML should be discontinued. With the refreshing of the MSM sample in 2007, it was determined that benchmarking would no longer be required (retroactive to 2004) because the MSM now accurately represented 100% of the sample universe. Data confrontation will continue between MSM and ASML to resolve potential discrepancies. 

As of the January 2007 reference month, a new sample was introduced. It is standard practice that every few years the sample is refreshed to ensure that the survey frame is up to date with births, deaths and other changes in the population. The refreshed sample is linked at the detailed level to prevent data breaks and to ensure the continuity of time series. It is designed to be more representative of the manufacturing industry at both the national and provincial levels.

Data confrontation and reconciliation

Each year, during the period when the Annual Survey of Manufactures and Logging section set their annual estimates, the MSM section works with the ASML section to confront and reconcile significant differences in values between the fiscal ASML and the annual MSM at the strata and industry level.

The purpose of this exercise of data reconciliation is to highlight and resolve significant differences between the two surveys and to assist in minimizing the differences in the micro-data between the MSM and the ASML.

Sampling and Non-sampling Errors

The statistics in this publication are estimates derived from a sample survey and, as such, can be subject to errors. The following material is provided to assist the reader in the interpretation of the estimates published.

Estimates derived from a sample survey are subject to a number of different kinds of errors. These errors can be broken down into two major types: sampling and non-sampling.

1. Sampling Errors

Sampling errors are an inherent risk of sample surveys. They result from the difference between the value of a variable if it is randomly sampled and its value if a census is taken (or the average of all possible random values). These errors are present because observations are made only on a sample and not on the entire population.

The sampling error depends on factors such as the size of the sample, variability in the population, sampling design and method of estimation. For example, for a given sample size, the sampling error will depend on the stratification procedure employed, allocation of the sample, choice of the sampling units and method of selection. (Further, even for the same sampling design, we can make different calculations to arrive at the most efficient estimation procedure.) The most important feature of probability sampling is that the sampling error can be measured from the sample itself.

2. Non-sampling Errors

Non-sampling errors result from a systematic flaw in the structure of the data-collection procedure or design of any or all variables examined. They create a difference between the value of a variable obtained by sampling or census methods and the variable’s true value. These errors are present whether a sample or a complete census of the population is taken. Non-sampling errors can be attributed to one or more of the following sources:

a) Coverage error: This error can result from incomplete listing and inadequate coverage of the population of interest.

b) Data response error: This error may be due to questionnaire design, the characteristics of a question, inability or unwillingness of the respondent to provide correct information, misinterpretation of the questions or definitional problems.

c) Non-response error: Some respondents may refuse to answer questions, some may be unable to respond, and others may be too late in responding. Data for the non-responding units can be imputed using the data from responding units or some earlier data on the non-responding units if available.

The extent of error due to imputation is usually unknown and is very much dependent on any characteristic differences between the respondent group and the non-respondent group in the survey. This error generally decreases with increases in the response rate and attempts are therefore made to obtain as high a response rate as possible.

d) Processing error: These errors may occur at various stages of processing such as coding, data entry, verification, editing, weighting, and tabulation, etc. Non-sampling errors are difficult to measure. More important, non-sampling errors require control at the level at which their presence does not impair the use and interpretation of the results.

Measures have been undertaken to minimize the non-sampling errors. For example, units have been defined in a most precise manner and the most up-to-date listings have been used. Questionnaires have been carefully designed to minimize different interpretations. As well, detailed acceptance testing has been carried out for the different stages of editing and processing and every possible effort has been made to reduce the non-response rate as well as the response burden.

Measures of Sampling and Non-sampling Errors

1. Sampling Error Measures

The sample used in this survey is one of a large number of all possible samples of the same size that could have been selected using the same sample design under the same general conditions. If it was possible that each one of these samples could be surveyed under essentially the same conditions, with an estimate calculated from each sample, it would be expected that the sample estimates would differ from each other.

The average estimate derived from all these possible sample estimates is termed the expected value. The expected value can also be expressed as the value that would be obtained if a census enumeration were taken under identical conditions of collection and processing. An estimate calculated from a sample survey is said to be precise if it is near the expected value.

Sample estimates may differ from this expected value of the estimates. However, since the estimate is based on a probability sample, the variability of the sample estimate with respect to its expected value can be measured. The variance of an estimate is a measure of the precision of the sample estimate and is defined as the average, over all possible samples, of the squared difference of the estimate from its expected value.

The standard error is a measure of precision in absolute terms. The coefficient of variation (CV), defined as the standard error divided by the sample estimate, is a measure of precision in relative terms. For comparison purposes, one may more readily compare the sampling error of one estimate to the sampling error of another estimate by using the coefficient of variation.

In this publication, the coefficient of variation is used to measure the sampling error of the estimates. However, since the coefficient of variation published for this survey is calculated from the responses of individual units, it also measures some non-sampling error.

The formula used to calculate the published coefficients of variation (CV) in Table 1 is:

CV(X) = S(X)/X

where X denotes the estimate and S(X) denotes the standard error of X.

In this publication, the coefficient of variation is expressed as a percentage.

Confidence intervals can be constructed around the estimate using the estimate and the coefficient of variation. Thus, for our sample, it is possible to state with a given level of confidence that the expected value will fall within the confidence interval constructed around the estimate. For example, if an estimate of $12,000,000 has a coefficient of variation of 10%, the standard error will be $1,200,000 or the estimate multiplied by the coefficient of variation. It can then be stated with 68% confidence that the expected value will fall within the interval whose length equals the standard deviation about the estimate, i.e., between $10,800,000 and $13,200,000. Alternatively, it can be stated with 95% confidence that the expected value will fall within the interval whose length equals two standard deviations about the estimate, i.e., between $9,600,000 and $14,400,000.

Text table 1 contains the national level CVs, expressed as a percentage, for all manufacturing for the MSM characteristics. For CVs at other aggregate levels, contact the Dissemination and Frame Services Section at (613) 951-9497, toll free: 1-866-873-8789 or by e-mail at manufact@statcan.gc.ca.

Text table 1
National Level CVs by Characteristic
Month Sales of goods manufactured
%		 Raw materials and components inventories
%		 Goods / work in process inventories
%		 Finished goods manufactured inventories
%		 Unfilled Orders
%
Jul-10 0.77 1.16 1.63 1.44 1.41
Aug-10 0.79 1.17 1.59 1.45 1.44
Sep-10 0.77 1.21 1.58 1.40 1.58
Oct-10 0.79 1.18 1.60 1.45 1.72
Nov-10 0.84 1.16 1.62 1.44 1.72
Dec-10 0.75 1.19 1.62 1.42 1.70
Jan-11 0.80 1.20 1.68 1.35 1.68
Feb-11 0.74 1.22 1.72 1.38 1.93
Mar-11 0.74 1.21 1.66 1.33 2.77
Apr-11 0.76 1.20 1.73 1.33 2.70
May-11 0.77 1.20 1.71 1.40 2.66
Jun-11 0.77 1.17 1.77 1.38 2.71
Jul-11 0.78 1.20 1.87 1.36 2.74

2. Non-sampling Error Measures

The exact population value is aimed at or desired by both a sample survey as well as a census. We say the estimate is accurate if it is near this value. Although this value is desired, we cannot assume that the exact value of every unit in the population or sample can be obtained and processed without error. Any difference between the expected value and the exact population value is termed the bias. Systematic biases in the data cannot be measured by the probability measures of sampling error as previously described. The accuracy of a survey estimate is determined by the joint effect of sampling and non-sampling errors.

Three sources of non-sampling error in the MSM are non-response error, imputation error and the error due to editing. To assist users in evaluating these errors, weighted rates that are related to these three types of error are given in Text table 2. The following is an example of what is meant by a weighted rate. A cell with a sample of 20 units in which five respond for a particular month would have a response rate of 25%. If these five reporting units represented $8 million out of a total estimate of $10 million, the weighted response rate would be 80%.

The definitions of the three weighted rates noted in Text table 2 follow. The weighted response rate is the proportion of a characteristic’s total estimate that is based upon reported data (excluding data that has been edited). The weighted imputation rate is the proportion of a characteristic’s total estimate that is based upon imputed data. The weighted editing rate is the proportion of a characteristic’s total estimate that is based upon data that was edited (edited data may have been originally reported or imputed).

Text table 2 contains the three types of weighted rates for each of the characteristics at the national level for all of manufacturing. In the table, the rates are expressed as percentages.

Text Table 2
National Weighted Rates by Source and Characteristic
Characteristics Survey Source  Administrative Data Source
Response  Imputation  Editing  Modeled  Imputation  Editing
% % % % % %
Sales of goods manufactured 83.62 4.44 4.74 6.48 0.50 0.22
Raw materials and components 73.22 10.77 6.40 0.02 9.59 0.01
Goods / work in process 62.55 10.92 18.34 0.00 7.59 0.60
Finished goods manufactured 76.50 8.69 4.88 0.00 9.76 0.17
Unfilled Orders 42.98 6.68 45.62 0.00 3.44 1.28

Joint Interpretation of Measures of Error

The measure of non-response error as well as the coefficient of variation must be considered jointly to have an overview of the quality of the estimates. The lower the coefficient of variation and the higher the weighted response rate, the better will be the published estimate.

Seasonal Adjustment

Economic time series contain the elements essential to the description, explanation and forecasting of the behavior of an economic phenomenon. They are statistical records of the evolution of economic processes through time. In using time series to observe economic activity, economists and statisticians have identified four characteristic behavioral components: the long-term movement or trend, the cycle, the seasonal variations and the irregular fluctuations. These movements are caused by various economic, climatic or institutional factors. The seasonal variations occur periodically on a more or less regular basis over the course of a year. These variations occur as a result of seasonal changes in weather, statutory holidays and other events that occur at fairly regular intervals and thus have a significant impact on the rate of economic activity.

In the interest of accurately interpreting the fundamental evolution of an economic phenomenon and producing forecasts of superior quality, Statistics Canada uses the X12-ARIMA seasonal adjustment method to seasonally adjust its time series. This method minimizes the impact of seasonal variations on the series and essentially consists of adding one year of estimated raw data to the end of the original series before it is seasonally adjusted per se. The estimated data are derived from forecasts using ARIMA (Auto Regressive Integrated Moving Average) models of the Box-Jenkins type.

The X-12 program uses primarily a ratio-to-moving average method. It is used to smooth the modified series and obtain a preliminary estimate of the trend-cycle. It also calculates the ratios of the original series (fitted) to the estimates of the trend-cycle and estimates the seasonal factors from these ratios. The final seasonal factors are produced only after these operations have been repeated several times.

The technique that is used essentially consists of first correcting the initial series for all sorts of undesirable effects, such as the trading-day and the Easter holiday effects, by a module called regARIMA. These effects are then estimated using regression models with ARIMA errors. The series can also be extrapolated for at least one year by using the model. Subsequently, the raw series, pre-adjusted and extrapolated if applicable, is seasonally adjusted by the X-12 method.

The procedures to determine the seasonal factors necessary to calculate the final seasonally adjusted data are executed every month. This approach ensures that the estimated seasonal factors are derived from an unadjusted series that includes all the available information about the series, i.e. the current month's unadjusted data as well as the previous month's revised unadjusted data.

While seasonal adjustment permits a better understanding of the underlying trend-cycle of a series, the seasonally adjusted series still contains an irregular component. Slight month-to-month variations in the seasonally adjusted series may be simple irregular movements. To get a better idea of the underlying trend, users should examine several months of the seasonally adjusted series.

The aggregated Canada level series are now seasonally adjusted directly, meaning that the seasonally adjusted totals are obtained via X-12-ARIMA. Afterwards, these totals are used to reconcile the provincial total series which have been seasonally adjusted individually.

For other aggregated series, indirect seasonal adjustments are used. In other words, their seasonally adjusted totals are derived indirectly by the summation of the individually seasonally adjusted kinds of business.

Trend

A seasonally adjusted series may contain the effects of irregular influences and special circumstances and these can mask the trend. The short term trend shows the underlying direction in seasonally adjusted series by averaging across months, thus smoothing out the effects of irregular influences. The result is a more stable series. The trend for the last month may be, subject to significant revision as values in future months are included in the averaging process.

Real manufacturing sales of goods manufactured, inventories, and orders

Changes in the values of the data reported by the Monthly Survey of Manufacturing (MSM) may be attributable to changes in their prices or to the quantities measured, or both. To study the activity of the manufacturing sector, it is often desirable to separate out the variations due to price changes from those of the quantities produced. This adjustment is known as deflation.

Deflation consists in dividing the values at current prices obtained from the survey by suitable price indexes in order to obtain estimates evaluated at the prices of a previous period, currently the year 2002. The resulting deflated values are said to be “at 2002 prices”. Note that the expression “at current prices” refer to the time the activity took place, not to the present time, nor to the time of compilation.

The deflated MSM estimates reflect the prices that prevailed in 2002. This is called the base year. The year 2002 was chosen as base year since it corresponds to that of the price indexes used in the deflation of the MSM estimates. Using the prices of a base year to measure current activity provides a representative measurement of the current volume of activity with respect to that base year. Current movements in the volume are appropriately reflected in the constant price measures only if the current relative importance of the industries is not very different from that in the base year.

The deflation of the MSM estimates is performed at a very fine industry detail, equivalent to the 6-digit industry classes of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS). For each industry at this level of detail, the price indexes used are composite indexes which describe the price movements for the various groups of goods produced by that industry.

With very few exceptions the price indexes are weighted averages of the Industrial Product Price Indexes (IPPI). The weights are derived from the annual Canadian Input-Output tables and change from year to year. Since the Input-Output tables only become available with a delay of about two and a half years, the weights used for the most current years are based on the last available Input-Output tables.

The same price index is used to deflate sales of goods manufactured, new orders and unfilled orders of an industry. The weights used in the compilation of this price index are derived from the output tables, evaluated at producer’s prices. Producer prices reflect the prices of the goods at the gate of the manufacturing establishment and exclude such items as transportation charges, taxes on products, etc. The resulting price index for each industry thus reflects the output of the establishments in that industry.

The price indexes used for deflating the goods / work in process and the finished goods manufactured inventories of an industry are moving averages of the price index used for sales of goods manufactured. For goods / work in process inventories, the number of terms in the moving average corresponds to the duration of the production process. The duration is calculated as the average over the previous 48 months of the ratio of end of month goods / work in process inventories to the output of the industry, which is equal to sales of goods manufactured plus the changes in both goods / work in process and finished goods manufactured inventories.

For finished goods manufactured inventories, the number of terms in the moving average reflects the length of time a finished product remains in stock. This number, known as the inventory turnover period, is calculated as the average over the previous 48 months of the ratio of end-of-month finished goods manufactured inventory to sales of goods manufactured.

To deflate raw materials and components inventories, price indexes for raw materials consumption are obtained as weighted averages of the IPPIs. The weights used are derived from the input tables evaluated at purchaser’s prices, i.e. these prices include such elements as wholesaling margins, transportation charges, and taxes on products, etc. The resulting price index thus reflects the cost structure in raw materials and components for each industry.

The raw materials and components inventories are then deflated using a moving average of the price index for raw materials consumption. The number of terms in the moving average corresponds to the rate of consumption of raw materials. This rate is calculated as the average over the previous four years of the ratio of end-of-year raw materials and components inventories to the intermediate inputs of the industry.

Retail Commodity Survey

Distributive Trade Division

Index B - Alphabetic by Commodity

Code Type de marchandises
S4000 Accommodation services
H3050 Adding machines
D3010 Aerobic shoes
C2050 Aerobic wear, men's
C1060 Aerobic wear, women's
G2030 Afghans
B1020 Aftershave
X0500 Agendas
V3020 Air conditioners, automotive
K1010 Air conditioners, central
H2010 Air conditioners, room
K1010 Air exchangers
V3020 Air fresheners, automotive
G1020 Air fresheners, household
L2000 Air hockey
L1020 Air mattresses, camping
L1070 Air mattresses, water
H2020 Air purifiers
R1030 Aircraft and part and accessories, new
X1300 Aircraft and part and accessories, used
V3020 Alarm systems, automotive
K1060 Alarm systems, household
X0800 Albums, coin and stamp collection
H3020 Albums, photo
A3000 Alcoholic beverages
R1020 All-terrain vehicles (ATV's) and parts and accessories, new
X1300 All-terrain vehicles (ATV's) and parts and accessories, used
S4000 Alterations and repair services, clothing and drapery
G1020 Ammonia cleaners
L1020 Ammunition, hunting and target shooting
V3020 Amplifiers, automotive
H3010 Amplifiers, non-automotive
B4020 Analgesics
R1030 Anchors, boat
K1040 Anchors, hardware
X0700 Animals, pets
H3050 Answering machines
B4020 Antacids
U1020 Antifreeze
B4020 Antihistamines
B1020 Antiperspirants
V2010 Antique cars
V2020 Antique light trucks and vans
X1300 Antiques (excl. automobiles)
S3000 Appliance repair and maintenance services
R1010 Appliances (camper, motor home, etc.)
R1030 Appliances (yacht, cruise, etc.)
H2010 Appliances, household (major)
H2020 Appliances, household (small electrical)
X1300 Appliances, used
G2030 Aprons
X0200 Aquariums
L1020 Archery equipment and supplies
S4000 Art restoration services
G2040 Artificial Christmas trees
B3000 Artificial limbs
L4000 Artists' supplies and equipment (paints, charcoal, brushes, etc.)
K1060 Asphalt sealing compounds
B1020 Astringents
L7010 Atlases
D1000 Attaché cases
H3010 Audio and video equipment and supplies
H3030 Audio disc, blank
L6000 Audio disc, pre-recorded
S1000 Audio disc, rental
H3010 Audio tape, blank
L6000 Audio tape, pre-recorded
S1000 Audio tape, rental
X0800 Autographed collectors' items
U1010 Automotive fuels
U1020 Automotive oils and additives
V3020 Automotive parts and accessories (excl. tires and tubes), new and used
V4000 Automotive repair and maintenance services
V4000 Automotive upholstery
K1060 Awnings
K1030 Axes
C5000 Baby (blankets, bottles, clothing and accessories, linens, plastic pants)
H1020 Baby (monitors, walkers, furniture and equipment)
B1020 Baby care products
A1090 Baby foods
D1000 Backpacks
C1070 Backpacks, women's fashion
A1070 Bacon, “deli”
A1010 Bacon, prepackaged
L1070 Badminton equipment
D3010 Badminton shoes
A1050 Bagels, fresh
A1080 Bagels, frozen
G1030 Bags, garment
X0500 Bags, gift
L1050 Bags, golf
G1020 Bags, paper and plastic
L1020 Bait (incl. live)
A1050 Bakery products, fresh, in-house and commercial
A1080 Bakery products, frozen
A1090 Bakery type products, prepackaged
G1010 Bakeware
A1090 Baking supplies (chocolate, flour, baking powder, chopped nuts, etc.)
L1030 Balls (baseball, football, soccer, volleyball and basketball)
L1050 Balls, golf
L1070 Balls, tennis and other racquet sports
L2000 Balls, toys
K1030 Band saws
B1020 Bandages
S4000 Banking machines (service)
G1020 Barbecue (BBQ) starter fuel
P1032 Barbecues (BBQs) and accessories
G2040 Barometers
C2060 Baseball caps
L1030 Baseball cleats, equipment and uniforms
K1010 Baseboard heaters
K1050 Baseboard trim
L1030 Basketball equipment and uniforms
D3010 Basketball shoes
B1020 Bath and shower gels, oils, salts
C4000 Bathing suits, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Bathing suits, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Bathing suits, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2050 Bathing suits, men's
C1060 Bathing suits, women's
C2040 Bathrobes, men's
C1050 Bathrobes, women's
G2030 Bathroom accessories
K1050 Bathroom cabinets (excl. medicine)
G2030 Bathroom mats
K1010 Bathtubs
V3020 Batteries, automotive
H3030 Batteries, computer
G1030 Batteries, household
K1030 Batteries, rechargeable (power tools)
K1050 Batting, fiberglass insulation
K1050 Beams, structural
A1090 Beans, dried
S4000 Beauty parlour services
H1010 Bed frames
H1030 Bed headboards, footboards
H1020 Bed, junior/toddler
G2030 Bedding, household (excl. nursery)
C5000 Bedding, nursery
B3000 Bedpans
G2030 Bedspreads
A1010 Beef, fresh
A1080 Beef, frozen
A3000 Beer (excl. non-alcoholic)
S4000 Beer and wine making fees
X0100 Beer and wine making kits
X0100 Beer brewing supplies (incl. bottles, labels and caps)
A2020 Beer, non-alcoholic
V3020 Belts, automotive
C4000 Belts, boys'
K1010 Belts, furnace
C3000 Belts, girls'
C2060 Belts, men's
K1030 Belts, power tools
C1070 Belts, women's
A1090 Beverage crystals
A3000 Beverages, alcoholic
A2020 Beverages, non-alcoholic (excl. soft drinks)
A2010 Beverages, soft drinks
L7010 Bible
C5000 Bibs, baby
S3000 Bicycle repair services
L1010 Bicycles (excl. children's tricycles)
L1060 Bicycles, stationary
L1010 Bike clothing, specialized (padded shorts, singlets, etc.)
L1010 Biking equipment and accessories
L1070 Billiard tables and accessories
X0500 Binders (stationery)
L1070 Binoculars
X0200 Birdseed (incl. wild bird feed)
A1090 Biscuits, prepackaged
G2030 Blankets (incl. electric; excl. baby)
C5000 Blankets, baby
C2020 Blazers, men's
C1030 Blazers, women's
G1020 Bleaches, household
B1020 Bleaches, personal, hair
H2020 Blenders
L1020 Blinds, hunting
G2020 Blinds, window
V3020 Block heaters
C3000 Blouses, girls'
C1030 Blouses, women's
K1060 Blueprints
S4000 Blueprints, fees for drawing up
K1050 Boards, lumber (1x6, 2x4, etc.)
R1030 Boat lifts
R1030 Boat trailers
R1030 Boats and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Boats and parts and accessories, used
V3020 Body panels, automotive
B1020 Body powders
V4000 Body shop and collision services
A1070 Bologna, “deli”
A1010 Bologna, prepackaged
K1040 Bolts, hardware
L7010 Books, “talking”
L2000 Books, colouring and drawing
L7010 Books, hard and soft cover, new
L7010 Books, reference and text
X1300 Books, used
D3010 Boots, hiking
D3023 Boots, infants' and children's (winter, rain, cowboy)
D3022 Boots, men's and boys' (winter, rain, cowboy, work)
D3021 Boots, women's and girls' (winter, rain, cowboy, work)
S4000 Bottle deposit
C5000 Bottles, baby
L1070 Bowling equipment and shoes
L4000 Bows, craft supplies
X0500 Bows, giftwrap
X0500 Box folders
H1010 Box springs
X0500 Boxes, gift giving
L1070 Boxing equipment
C4000 Boys' clothing and accessories (sizes 7 to 18)
B3000 Braces (neck, leg, ankle, wrist, etc.)
V4000 Brake repair service
V3020 Brakes, automotive
C1050 Brassieres
H2020 Bread makers
A1050 Bread, fresh
A1080 Bread, frozen
C5000 Breast pumps
K1050 Bricks, building and paving
L1070 Bridles
D1000 Briefcases (leather and leather-like)
L1070 Broomball equipment and shoes
L1070 Brooms, curling and broomball
G1030 Brooms, household
K1020 Brushes and rollers, household paint
L4000 Brushes, artists'
B1020 Brushes, hair, personal
X0200 Brushes, pet grooming
K1040 Builders' hardware
P1031 Bulbs, plant
A1050 Buns, fresh
A1080 Buns, frozen
C5000 Bunting bags, infants'
X1000 Burial monuments
S4000 Bus tickets, service revenue
V1030 Buses, new
V2030 Buses, used
P1031 Bushes and shrubs
A1040 Butter
L3000 Buttons, sewing
K1040 Cabinet hardware and fittings
K1010 Cable (coaxial, electrical wiring, etc.)
S5000 Cafeterias, revenue from
A1050 Cakes, fresh
A1080 Cakes, frozen
A1090 Cakes, prepackaged
X0500 Calculator tapes
H3050 Calculators
X0500 Calendars
H3010 Camcorders and accessories
H3020 Cameras (still and digital) and accessories
H3010 Cameras and accessories, video
C1050 Camisoles (incl. sets)
L1020 Camouflage and hunting clothing
L1020 Camouflage nets
R1010 Campers, truck mounted
L1020 Camping equipment and supplies
L1020 Camping stoves
H2020 Can openers, electric
G1010 Can openers, non-electric
G2040 Candles
A1060 Candy (excl. baking supplies)
A1060 Candy apples
A1060 Candy floss
B3000 Canes, walking
A1090 Canned food (excl. pet)
R1030 Canoes, new
X1300 Canoes, used
L4000 Canvases, artists' supplies
C2060 Caps, baseball
V3020 Car bras
V3020 Car seats, infants' and children's
K1060 Car shelters
V4000 Car washing and waxing services
G1030 Carbon monoxide and smoke detectors
U1020 Carburettor and fuel injector cleaners
X0800 Card collections
X0500 Cards (greeting, birthday, Christmas, etc.)
L2000 Cards, playing
K1030 Carpenters' tools
G1020 Carpet and rug shampoos and deodorizers
S4000 Carpet cleaning services
G2010 Carpets and underlay
V1010 Cars, new
V2010 Cars, used
G2040 Carvings, artwork
V3020 Cassette players, automotive
H3010 Cassette players, non-automotive
R1030 Catamarans, new
X1300 Catamarans, used
S4000 Catering services
K1050 Caulking compounds
H3030 CD computer drives
V3020 CD players, automotive
H3010 CD players, non-automotive
S1000 CD, rental
H3030 CDs, blank
L6000 CDs, pre-recorded
G2040 Ceiling fans
K1050 Ceiling tiles
H3050 Cellular phones
S4000 Cellular phones, prepaid air time
K1050 Cement and other refractories
H2020 Central vacuums
A1090 Cereals, breakfast
K1060 Chains, hardware
P1020 Chainsaws
H1020 Changing tables, infants'
L4000 Charcoal, artists' supplies
Y0000 Charity
A1040 Cheese (incl. “deli” cheese, cottage cheese etc)
L2000 Chemistry sets
L2000 Chess boards and accessories
A1070 Chicken, barbecued
A1010 Chicken, fresh
A1080 Chicken, frozen
G1010 China
P1020 Chippers, wood and garden
A1060 Chips (potato, corn, nacho, etc.)
K1030 Chisels
A1060 Chocolate (bars, wafers, etc.; excl. baking chocolate)
A1090 Chocolate, baking
X0500 Christmas giftwrap, tags and bows
G2040 Christmas lights and decorations
G2040 Christmas trees, artificial
P1031 Christmas trees, real, cut
X0300 Cigarettes
X0300 Cigars
K1010 Circuit breakers
K1030 Circular saws
K1060 Cleaning compounds, industrial
G1020 Cleaning supplies, household
L1030 Cleats (baseball, football and soccer)
C2010 Cloaks, men's
C1010 Cloaks, women's
S3000 Clock and watch repair and cleaning services
H3010 Clock radios
G2040 Clocks
G1030 Closet organizers
S4000 Clothing alterations
C4000 Clothing and accessories, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Clothing and accessories, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Clothing and accessories, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
R1020 Clothing, motorcycle
S2000 Clothing, rental
C6000 Clothing, unisex
X1300 Clothing, used
X1400 Coal, household fuel
C4000 Coats, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Coats, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Coats, infants' and children's' (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Coats, men's
C1010 Coats, women's
A1090 Coffee
G1020 Coffee filters (paper)
H2020 Coffee makers and grinders
S5000 Coffee shops, revenue from
X1000 Coffins
X0800 Coin collections
C1070 Coin purses
B4020 Cold remedies
X0800 Collectors' items (coins, stamps, cards, etc.)
B1010 Colognes
L2000 Colouring books
G2030 Comforters
L7020 Comic books
Y0000 Commissions from Sears catalogue sales
H2020 Compactors, household waste
P1032 Composters
H3040 Computer software, business and entertainment
H3030 Computers and components and accessories, new
X1300 Computers, used
X0100 Concentrates, wine and beer making
K1060 Concrete sealing compounds
B1020 Conditioners, hair
B1020 Condoms
K1010 Conduit
A1060 Confectionery
B1020 Contact lens solutions and cleaners
B2010 Contact lenses
G1010 Containers, food storage
G1030 Containers, non-food storage
B1020 Contraceptives, non-prescription
H2010 Convection ovens
R1010 Converted vans (recreational)
A1050 Cookies, freshly baked
A1090 Cookies, prepackaged
G1010 Cookware
L1020 Coolers, food, camping and picnic
A3000 Coolers, liquor and wine
K1010 Cooling equipment and supplies
G1010 Corkscrews
K1050 Corrugated steel roofing
B1020 Cosmetic bags
B1010 Cosmetics and fragrances (excl. personal care products)
D2000 Costume jewellery
S2000 Costume rental
C6000 Costumes (Halloween, Christmas, etc)
B1020 Cotton balls and batting
B4020 Cough drops, lozenges and syrups
K1050 Countertops
D3010 Court shoes (tennis, badminton, etc.)
V3020 Covers, automobile
P1032 Covers, barbecue
R1030 Covers, boat
G2020 Covers, furniture
R1020 Covers, motorcycle
D3022 Cowboy boots, men's and boys'
D3021 Cowboy boots, women's and girls'
A1090 Crackers
L4000 Craft supplies
A1040 Cream (sour, table, whipping)
A1090 Cream, powdered
X0400 Crests and pins
C5000 Crib mobiles
H1020 Cribs, baby (incl. mattresses)
L3000 Crochet hooks
L3000 Crochet thread and yarn
X1100 Crop seed
D3010 Cross-trainers, footwear
B3000 Crutches
G1010 Crystal, tableware and stemware
L1070 Curling equipment and accessories
H2020 Curling irons
L1070 Curling kilts
L1070 Curling shoes
G2020 Curtains
G2030 Cushions, household
P1010 Cushions, patio furniture
G1010 Cutlery
A1040 Dairy products, fresh (incl. eggs; excl. ice cream)
A1090 Dairy products, powdered, canned, evaporated or condensed
L1070 Dance shoes
L2000 Dart boards and accessories
X0500 Day/week/month planners
G2040 Decorations, seasonal
H2020 Dehumidifiers
A1070 Deli foods and salads (excl. cheese)
S4000 Delivery charges, service revenue
B1020 Denture cleaners
B1020 Deodorants, personal
G1020 Deodorizers, room
H2020 Depilatories, electric
B1020 Depilatories, non-electric
R1030 Depth finders (boat)
X0500 Desk accessories
C5000 Diaper bags
C5000 Diapers, cloth
B1020 Diapers, disposable, baby and adult
U1010 Diesel fuel
A1090 Dietetic foods
H3010 Digital camcorders
H3020 Digital cameras
R1030 Dinghies
V3020 Disc players, CD, DVD (automotive)
H3010 Disc players, CD, DVD and laser (nonautomotive)
L6000 Discs, audio and video, pre-recorded
S1000 Discs, audio and video, rental
L6000 Discs, laser, pre-recorded
G1020 Dish detergent
G2030 Dishcloths/towels
G1010 Dishes, tableware
H2010 Dishwashers
G1020 Disinfectants, household
H3030 Diskettes, blank
K1060 Docks
G2030 Doilies
L2000 Dolls
K1060 Door chimes
K1040 Door hardware (knobs, hinges, locksets, etc.)
K1050 Doors and frames
A1050 Doughnuts, fresh
A1080 Doughnuts, frozen
S4000 Drapery making services
G2020 Drapes
G2040 Drawings, original
C1020 Dresses, 1 or 2 piece
C2040 Dressing gowns, men's
C1050 Dressing gowns, women's
S4000 Dressmaking services
K1030 Drills (hand, power)
A1090 Drink crystals
K1060 Driveway sealing compounds, oil base or acrylic
B4020 Drugs, non-prescription
B4020 Drugs, over-the-counter
B4010 Drugs, prescription
S4000 Dry cleaning services
G1030 Dryers, clothes rack
H2010 Dryers, clothes, appliance
H2020 Dryers, hair
K1050 Drywall
K1060 Duct tape
K1010 Ducts, air and heating
D1000 Duffel bags
R1030 Dune buggies, new
X1300 Dune buggies, used
G1030 Dustpans
G2030 Duvets and duvet covers
H3030 DVD computer drives
V3020 DVD players, automotive
H3010 DVD players, non-automotive
S1000 DVD, rental
H3030 DVDs, blank
L6000 DVDs, pre-recorded
L4000 Easels, artists' supplies
B1010 Eau de toilette
K1050 Eavestroughing
A1040 Eggs, fresh
K1010 Electrical equipment and supplies
K1010 Electrical panel
K1060 Electrical tape
X1400 Electricity, household power source
B1020 Emery boards
V4000 Engine cleaning and washing services
U1020 Engine oils, automotive
V3020 Engines, automotive, new and reconditioned
S4000 Engraving
H3020 Enlarging equipment, photographic
A1080 Entrées, frozen
X0500 Envelopes
U1010 Ethanol fuel blends
C2050 Exercise and fitness clothing, men's
C1060 Exercise and fitness clothing, women's
L1060 Exercise balls
L1060 Exercise equipment
K1010 Exhaust fans
G1030 Extension cords, household
B2020 Eyewear accessories (eyeglass cases, frames bought separately etc.)
B2020 Eyewear, non-prescription (incl. sunglasses)
B2010 Eyewear, prescription (incl. sunglasses)
G1020 Fabric dyes
S4000 Fabric protection services
G1020 Fabric softeners
L3000 Fabrics (incl. drapery and upholstery)
B1020 Facial tissues
H2020 Fans, household, electric
X1100 Farm equipment, new and used
K1040 Fasteners, hardware
K1010 Faucets
H3050 Fax machines
S4000 Faxing services
X1100 Feed, farm animals
B1020 Feminine hygiene products
K1050 Fencing (wood, wire, etc.)
L1070 Fencing equipment (sport)
X0100 Fermenting yeast, wine and beer making
X1100 Fertilizers, farm use
X0600 Fertilizers, indoor plants
P1031 Fertilizers, lawn and garden
L1070 Figure skates
G2040 Figurines
X0500 File folders
K1030 Files and rasps
B1020 Files, nail
H1030 Filing cabinets
H3010 Film for movie and video cameras
H3020 Film for still cameras
S4000 Film processing
G1030 Fire extinguishers
L1020 Firearm collections
L1020 Firearms, hunting
G2040 Fireplace accessories
K1010 Fireplace inserts
X1400 Firewood, household use
Y0000 Fireworks
B3000 First-aid kits
A1070 Fish, “deli”
A1090 Fish, canned
A1020 Fish, fresh, smoked and cured (not “deli”)
A1080 Fish, frozen
L1020 Fishing equipment and accessories
L1020 Fishing vests
L1060 Fitness equipment
K1060 Flagpoles
K1060 Flags and bunting
G1030 Flashlights
G1010 Flatware
X0200 Flea collars and powders
K1010 Floodlights and spotlights, exterior
V3020 Floor mats, automotive
G2010 Floor mats, household
G1020 Floor polish and wax
H2020 Floor polishers
G2010 Floor tiles
G2010 Flooring (hardwood, carpet, vinyl, etc.)
A1090 Flour
G2040 Flowers and plants, artificial
S4000 Flowers, delivery of
X0600 Flowers, florist, cut
X0600 Flowers, indoor potted
P1031 Flowers, lawn and garden
B4020 Flu preparations, medicinal
L3000 Foam, upholstery
G1020 Foil, tin
X1400 Fondue fuel
G1010 Food flasks
H2020 Food processors
G1020 Food wraps, plastic and foil
B1020 Foot care (sprays, powders, etc.)
L1030 Football cleats, equipment and uniforms
H2020 Footcare appliances
D3010 Footwear, “athletic” (excl. ski boots, skates and cleats)
D3023 Footwear, infants' and children's fashion
D3022 Footwear, men' and boys' fashion
D3021 Footwear, women's and girls' fashion
C1050 Foundation garments
H1010 Foundations, bedding
A1010 Fowl, fresh
B1010 Fragrances and cosmetics (excl. personal care products)
H1010 Frames, bed
K1050 Frames, door and window
G2040 Frames, picture and photograph
H2010 Freezers, household
S4000 Freight charges, service
A1080 Frozen foods
A2020 Fruit drinks and juices (excl. frozen concentrates)
A1090 Fruit, canned or dried
A1030 Fruit, fresh
A1080 Fruit, frozen
H2020 Frying pans, electric
G1010 Frying pans, non-electric
V3020 Fuel and water pumps, automotive
V3020 Fuel injectors, automotive
X1400 Fuels (fondue, home heating, household)
U1010 Fuels, automotive
C2010 Fur, men's
C1010 Fur, women's
K1010 Furnaces, home heating
H1030 Furniture and equipment, home office, new
G2020 Furniture covers and throws
K1040 Furniture hardware
G1020 Furniture polish and wax
S3000 Furniture repair
H1030 Furniture, indoor (excl. nursery), new
H1020 Furniture, nursery, new
P1010 Furniture, patio and garden
X1300 Furniture, used
K1010 Fuse boxes
G1030 Fuses, electric
H1030 Futons
A1010 Game, food, fresh
A1080 Game, food, frozen
L2000 Games, electronic (Nintendo, PlayStation, XBox etc.)
L2000 Games, non-electronic
H3040 Games, software (excl. Nintendo, PlayStation, Xbox etc.)
X1300 Games, used
K1050 Garage door
K1060 Garage door openers
G1020 Garbage bags
G1030 Garbage cans
H2020 Garbage disposals
P1010 Garden furniture
P1032 Garden sheds
P1032 Garden tools
P1020 Garden tractors
G1030 Garment bags
U1020 Gas line cleaner
V3020 Gaskets, automotive
U1010 Gasoline
P1032 Gazebos
K1010 Generators
H3010 Ghetto blasters and boom boxes
X0500 Gift bags
X0400 Gift baskets
Y0000 Gift certificates
X0400 Giftware
X0500 Giftwrap
A1060 Gingerbread houses
C1050 Girdles
C3000 Girls' clothing and accessories (sizes 7 to 16)
V3020 Glass, automotive
K1050 Glass, sheet, non-automotive
G1010 Glasses, tableware
L1030 Gloves, baseball, softball, hockey, football and soccer
L1050 Gloves, golf
G1020 Gloves, latex (household)
C2060 Gloves, men's
C1070 Gloves, women's
C2050 Gloves, work, men's
C1060 Gloves, work, women's
L4000 Glue guns and glue (craft)
K1030 Glue guns and glue (tool)
G1020 Glues and adhesives, household
K1060 Glues and adhesives, industrial
S2000 Golf carts and equipments, rental
R1030 Golf carts, new (motorized)
X1300 Golf carts, used (motorized)
L1050 Golf clubs, gloves, shoes, equipment and accessories (excl. clothing)
S4000 Golf instructions (lessons)
L1050 Golf pull carts (motorized and non-motorized)
L1050 Golfing kilts
C1060 Gowns, bridal
C5000 Gowns, christening
C1020 Gowns, evening
C1050 Gowns, women's dressing
G2010 Granite (floor, wall and counter)
X0100 Grapes, wine making stock
U1020 Greases, lubricating, automotive
K1060 Greases, lubricating, general purpose
X0500 Greeting cards
K1030 Grinders, power
A1060 Gum, chewing
L1020 Guns, hunting and target shooting
K1050 Gypsum wallboard
C1070 Hair accessories (barrettes, etc.) for women
S4000 Hair cutting services
H2020 Hair dryers
B1020 Hair pieces and wigs
B1020 Hairbrushes
B1020 Haircare preparations
A1090 Ham, canned
A1010 Ham, cooked and prepackaged
K1030 Hammers
P1010 Hammocks
G1030 Hampers, clothes
C1070 Handbags
L4000 Handicraft kits
C2060 Handkerchiefs, men's
C1070 Handkerchiefs, women's
G1030 Hangers, clothing
H3030 Hard drives, computer
K1040 Hardware, building
G2010 Hardwood flooring
L1070 Harness goods (bridles, halters, reins, etc.)
X0200 Harnesses, pet
X1100 Harrows (farm equipment)
K1030 Hatchets
C4000 Hats and caps, boys'
C3000 Hats and caps, girls'
C5000 Hats and caps, infants' and children's
C2060 Hats and caps, men's
C1070 Hats and caps, women's
H3010 Head cleaners, audio and video tape players
H3010 Headphones
X1000 Headstones
B1020 Health and beauty aids (excl. cosmetics and fragrances)
B3000 Hearing aids
H2020 Heaters, “portable,” space
K1010 Heaters, baseboard
V3020 Heaters, block, automotive
K1010 Heating ducts
K1010 Heating equipment and supplies
H2020 Heating pads
L1030 Helmets (baseball, softball, football and hockey)
L1010 Helmets, bicycle
R1020 Helmets, motorcycle
B4020 Herbal health supplements, remedies
P1031 Herbicides, lawn and garden
A1090 Herbs, spices
H1020 Highchairs
D3010 Hiking boots
K1040 Hinges
L1020 Hip waders
V3020 Hitch, trailer
L2000 Hobby supplies
L1030 Hockey equipment, skates, tape and uniforms
L2000 Hockey, table
P1032 Hoes
S3000 Home electronics repair services
L1060 Home gyms
H3050 Home office electronics and accessories (excl. computers)
X0100 Hops, brewing supply
P1032 Hoses, garden
C4000 Hosiery, boys'
C3000 Hosiery, girls'
C5000 Hosiery, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2040 Hosiery, men's
C1040 Hosiery, women's
P1032 Hot tubs (outdoor)
B1020 Hot water bottles
K1060 House numbers
R1030 Houseboats, new
X1300 Houseboats, used
X1400 Household fuels
V3020 Hubcaps
H2020 Humidifiers, “portable”
K1010 Humidifiers, attached to furnace
L1020 Hunting and camouflage clothing
L1020 Hunting equipment and accessories
A1080 Ice cream
S5000 Ice cream, served for take-out
A1080 Ice milk
Y0000 Ice, blocks
Y0000 Ice, cubes
G2040 Incense
S4000 Income tax services
C5000 Infants' and children's clothing and accessories (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
L1070 In-line skates
S4000 Installation services
K1050 Insulation (fiberglass, styrofoam, etc.)
S4000 Insurance services
H3030 Integrated circuits, computer
S4000 Interior decorating services
G1030 Ironing boards
H2020 Irons (curling, steam)
C2030 Jackets, men's (not for outdoors)
C4000 Jackets, outerwear, boys
C3000 Jackets, outerwear, girls'
C2010 Jackets, outerwear, men's
C1010 Jackets, outerwear, women's
C1030 Jackets, women's (not for outdoors)
V3020 Jacks, automotive
K1030 Jacks, non-automotive
K1010 Jacuzzis (indoor)
P1032 Jacuzzis (outdoor)
A1090 Jams
G1010 Jars, glass
C4000 Jeans, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Jeans, girls (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Jeans, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Jeans, men's
C1030 Jeans, women's
V1020 Jeeps, new
V2020 Jeeps, used
G2040 Jewellery boxes
S3000 Jewellery repair and cleaning services
D2000 Jewellery, fine, costume and estate
K1050 Joint filling compounds
X0100 Juice concentrates, wine making
A1080 Juice, frozen concentrates
A2020 Juices (excl. frozen concentrates)
H1020 Junior bed
R1030 Kayaks
H2020 Kettles, electric
G1010 Kettles, non-electric
K1040 Key blanks
X0400 Key chains, rings and tags
S4000 Key cutting services
H3030 Keyboards, computer
L5000 Keyboards, musical
C2030 Kilts, men's
C6000 Kilts, unisex
C1030 Kilts, women's
K1050 Kitchen cabinets
G1010 Kitchen scales
G1010 Kitchenware
C1070 Knapsacks, fashion
L3000 Knitting needles
X0500 Labels, stationery
X1200 Laboratory equipment (incl. beakers, bunsen burners, test tubes, etc.)
G1030 Laces (shoe, boot and skate)
K1030 Ladders
G2040 Lamps, household
S4000 Landscaping services
L1020 Lanterns
A1090 Lard
L6000 Laser disc, pre-recorded
S1000 Laser disc, rental
G1030 Laundry baskets
G1020 Laundry detergent
K1010 Laundry tubs
P1032 Lawn and garden edging
P1032 Lawn dressings, top soil mixtures
P1010 Lawn furniture
P1020 Lawn mowers
P1032 Lawn ornaments
P1032 Lawn sprinklers
P1020 Lawn tractors
B4020 Laxatives
P1020 Leaf blowers
S2000 Leasing, non-automotive
S2000 Leasing, recreational vehicles
C1040 Leggings
C1040 Leotards
S4000 Lessons
S4000 Licenses (fishing, hunting, etc.)
L1070 Life jackets
G1030 Light bulbs, household
K1010 Light switches and plugs
X0300 Lighters, cigarette
G2040 Lighting fixtures, household (interior and exterior)
P1032 Lighting, outdoor specialty (patio/security/landscape)
K1060 Lightning rods
V3020 Lights, automotive
B3000 Limbs, artificial
G2030 Linens, household
C1050 Lingerie, women's
G2010 Linoleum flooring
A3000 Liqueur
A3000 Liquor
X1100 Livestock
U1020 Lock de-icer
L1010 Locks, bicycle
K1040 Locks, padlocks and door sets
B1020 Lotions, hand, face and body
S4000 Lottery tickets (service)
D1000 Luggage
K1050 Lumber, building
G1010 Lunch box (incl. fabric and cooler bags)
S5000 Lunch counters, revenue from
A1070 Luncheon meats, “deli”
A1010 Luncheon meats, prepackaged
S5000 Lunches and meals
L1020 Lures and scents, fishing and hunting
L7020 Magazines
K1060 Mailboxes
L2000 Make-up (costume, theatrical, etc.)
B1010 Make-up, cosmetics
S4000 Manicure services
X0500 Maps
G2010 Marble (floor, wall and counter)
A1040 Margarine
Y0000 Marital aids
X0500 Markers, stationery
K1060 Masking tape
B1020 Masks and peels, facial
G1030 Matches
C1020 Maternity dresses
C1030 Maternity tops and bottoms
G2030 Mats, bathroom
V3020 Mats, car
G2010 Mats, household (excl. bath)
G2030 Mattress covers
H1020 Mattresses, crib
H1010 Mattresses, foam, spring, waterbed (excl. crib)
S5000 Meals and lunches
L3000 Measuring tapes, sewing
K1030 Measuring tapes, tool
A1080 Meat pies, frozen
A1070 Meat, “deli” (sliced, shaved, shredded, etc.)
A1090 Meat, canned
A1010 Meat, fresh, cooked, cured and smoked
A1080 Meat, frozen
A1010 Meats, prepackaged luncheon
K1030 Mechanics' tools
K1060 Medicine cabinets
K1050 Medium Density Fibreboard sheets (MDF)
S4000 Membership fees
X0500 Memo pads
H3030 Memory chips, computer
P1032 Mesh and netting, for plants
H3030 Micro assemblies, computer
H3010 Microphones (excl. computer)
H3030 Microphones, computer
X1200 Microscopes (professional and scientific instruments)
L2000 Microscopes (toy models)
H2010 Microwave ovens
H1030 Microwave stands
G1010 Microwave ware
A1040 Milk, fresh (incl. chocolate and soya)
A1090 Milk, powdered or evaporated
B4020 Minerals, health supplements
V1020 Minivans, new
V2020 Minivans, used
V3020 Mirrors, automotive
G2040 Mirrors, decorative
B1020 Mirrors, hand
C4000 Mitts, boys'
C3000 Mitts, girls'
C5000 Mitts, infants' and children's
C2060 Mitts, men's
C1070 Mitts, women's
H2020 Mixers, household, electric
G1010 Mixers, household, non-electric
A1090 Mixes (cake, biscuit, pancake, etc.)
X0900 Mobile homes, new and used
L2000 Model kits, toy and hobby
H3030 Modems
B1020 Moisturizers, skin
D1000 Money belts
H1020 Monitors, baby
H3030 Monitors, computer
X1000 Monuments and tombstones
R1020 Mopeds and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Mopeds, used
G1030 Mops
R1030 Motor boats, new
X1300 Motor boats, used
R1010 Motor homes and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Motor homes and parts and accessories, used
R1020 Motorbikes and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Motorbikes and parts and accessories, used
R1020 Motorcycle clothing
R1020 Motorcycles and scooters and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Motorcycles and scooters and parts and accessories, used
K1050 Moulding
B1020 Mousse, hair
B1020 Mouthwashes
H3010 Movie cameras and accessories
S1000 Movie/video rental
H3010 MP3 players
A1050 Muffins, fresh
A1080 Muffins, frozen
V4000 Muffler and exhaust services
V3020 Mufflers, automotive
P1020 Mulchers, grass and leaf
H3040 Multimedia items
G2040 Music boxes
S3000 Musical instrument repair
L5000 Musical instruments and accessories and supplies, new
X1300 Musical instruments, used
B1020 Nail files and clippers
B1020 Nail polishes and removers
B1020 Nails, artificial, finger
K1040 Nails, hardware
G2030 Napkins, cloth
G1020 Napkins, paper
B1020 Napkins, sanitary
X1400 Natural gas, appliance and heating fuel
U1010 Natural gas, automotive
C1050 Negligees
L7020 Newspapers
C4000 Nightshirts, boys'
C3000 Nightshirts, girls'
C5000 Nightshirts, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2040 Nightshirts, men's
C1050 Nightshirts, women's
A2020 Non-alcoholic beverages (excl. soft drinks)
B4020 Non-prescription drugs
B2020 Non-prescription eyewear
X0500 Notebooks, stationery
X0500 Notepads, stationery
L3000 Notions (buttons, zippers, thread, needles, etc.)
X0400 Novelties
X0800 Numismatic (coin collecting) supplies
H1020 Nursery furniture and equipment
C5000 Nursery wall hangings
C5000 Nursing pads
B4020 Nutriopathic supplements
A1060 Nuts, confectionery
K1040 Nuts, hardware
C1040 Nylons
R1030 Oars, boats
C2050 Occupational clothing and uniforms, men's
C1060 Occupational clothing and uniforms, women's
H1030 Office furniture and equipment
X0500 Office supplies (pens, folders, binders, etc.)
V4000 Oil change and lube service
U1020 Oils, automotive
A1090 Oils, fats and lard, cooking
K1060 Oils, lubricating, (excl. cooking and automotive)
P1032 Ornaments, lawn
G2040 Ornaments, seasonal (e.g. Christmas)
D3023 Orthopedic shoes, infants' and children's
D3022 Orthopedic shoes, men's and boy's
D3021 Orthopedic shoes, women's and girl's
B3000 Orthotic devices
C4000 Outerwear, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Outerwear, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Outerwear, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Outerwear, men's (incl. ski clothing)
C1010 Outerwear, women's (incl. ski clothing)
G2030 Oven mitts
H2010 Ovens, household (convection and other)
C4000 Overcoats, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Overcoats, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Overcoats, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Overcoats, men's
C1010 Overcoats, women's
B4020 Over-the-counter drugs
X0500 Packing and mailing boxes
R1030 Paddle boats, new
X1300 Paddle boats, used
L1070 Paddles, ping pong
H3050 Pagers
B4020 Painkillers
K1020 Paint strippers and thinners
L4000 Paint, artists' supplies
V3020 Paint, automotive
K1020 Paint, household
L4000 Paintbrushes, artists' supplies
K1020 Paintbrushes, household
G2040 Paintings and related supplies
K1010 Panel, electrical
H2020 Pans, electric, cooking
G1010 Pans, non-electric, cooking
C1020 Pant suits
C4000 Pants, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Pants, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Pants, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Pants, men's, dress and casual
C1030 Pants, women's, dress and casual
C1040 Pantyhose
X0500 Paper (writing, computer printer, typing, machine tape, etc.)
G1020 Paper bags
G1020 Paper towels
X0500 Paper, giftwrap
C2010 Parkas, men's
C1010 Parkas, women's
K1050 Particle board
V3020 Parts, automotive (buses, medium/heavy trucks (classes 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8)), new and used
V3020 Parts, automotive (cars, pickup trucks, vans, minivans, jeeps, other sport utility vehicles), new and used
V3020 Parts, automotive (farm equipment)
V3020 Parts, automotive (recreational vehicles)
L1010 Parts, bicycle, new (excl. children's tricycles)
H3030 Parts, computer, new
H1030 Parts, furniture, all other indoor, new
H1020 Parts, furniture, nursery, new
H2010 Parts, major appliances, new
R1010 Parts, non-automotive (motor home, travel trailers, truck campers, converted vans)
X1100 Parts, non-automotive, farm equipment
H2020 Parts, small electrical appliances, new
H3020 Parts, still and digital cameras, new
H3050 Parts, telephone and home office electronics, new
H3010 Parts, television and audio/video, new
A1070 Party platters, “deli”
X0500 Party supplies (streamers, balloons, favours, etc.)
A1090 Pasta
K1020 Paste, wallpaper
A1050 Pastries, fresh
P1010 Patio furniture
K1050 Patio stones
L3000 Patterns, dressmakers
K1050 Paving stones
P1031 Peat moss
X0500 Pencils
X0500 Pens (incl. sets)
B1010 Perfumes
L7020 Periodicals
H2020 Personal care appliances, electric
B1020 Personal care products, non-electric
H3030 Personal Digital Assistant (PDA)
R1030 Personal watercraft, new
X1300 Personal watercraft, used
X0600 Pesticides (for indoor plants)
P1031 Pesticides, lawn and garden
X0200 Pet accessories (beds, toys, pet jackets, etc.)
X0200 Pet foods
B1020 Petroleum jelly
X0700 Pets (incl. domestic and exotic)
X0800 Philatelic (stamp collecting) supplies
S4000 Phone cards, revenue from sales of
H3020 Photo albums
S4000 Photo finishing services
H3050 Photocopiers
S4000 Photocopying services
S4000 Photograph developing/enlarging services
H3020 Photographic equipment (still and digital cameras) and supplies
S3000 Piano tuning and repairs
L5000 Pianos, new
X1300 Pianos, used
A1090 Pickles
R1010 Pickup coaches
V1020 Pickup trucks, new
V2020 Pickup trucks, used
G1010 Picnic baskets and accessories
P1032 Picnic tables
G2040 Picture frames
S4000 Picture framing services
A1050 Pies, fresh
A1080 Pies, frozen
G2030 Pillow cases and shams
G2030 Pillows
L1070 Ping pong equipment and accessories (incl. tables)
X0400 Pins and crests
L3000 Pins, sewing
K1050 Pipes, drainage
K1010 Pipes, plumbing
X0300 Pipes, smokers
K1010 Pipes, stove
L1020 Pistols (incl. air and target)
A1080 Pizza, frozen
A1070 Pizza, prepared
S5000 Pizza, served on premises
G2030 Place mats
G2040 Plant pots
G2040 Plants and flowers, artificial
X0600 Plants, indoor
P1031 Plants, lawn and garden
K1050 Plaster
G1020 Plastic bags
C5000 Plastic pants, baby
G1020 Plastic wrap, food
K1010 Plates and covers, electrical
G1010 Plates, tableware
L2000 Playground slides, swings
P1032 Playground structures
L2000 Playing cards
H1020 Playpens
K1030 Pliers
H3030 Plotters
P1020 Plows, garden tractor attachments
K1010 Plugs, electrical
K1010 Plumbing equipment and supplies
K1050 Plywood
G1020 Polish, furniture and floor
G1020 Polish, shoe
H2020 Polishers, floor
P1032 Ponds and accessories
L1070 Pool and snooker equipment and accessories (incl. tables)
P1032 Pool chemicals
P1032 Pools, above ground, in-ground and accessories
L2000 Pools, wading, portable
A1060 Popcorn, popped
A1090 Popcorn, unpopped
A1080 Popsicles
A1010 Pork, fresh
A1080 Pork, frozen
D1000 Portfolios (leather and leather-like)
S4000 Portrait taking services
S4000 Post office services
X0500 Postcards
X0500 Post-it notes
K1050 Posts and poles (building, fencing, etc.)
G2030 Pot holders
G2040 Pot-pourri
G1010 Pots, cooking
G2040 Pots, plant
G2040 Pottery, decorative
X0600 Potting soil
A1010 Poultry, fresh
A1080 Poultry, frozen
A1090 Powdered milk and creamers
B4020 Power bars (nutritional)
K1010 Power generators
K1050 Prefabricated stairs and other structural pieces
B1020 Pregnancy, test kits
A1070 Prepared foods for take-out
L6000 Pre-recorded media
S1000 Pre-recorded media rental
B4010 Prescription drugs
B2010 Prescription eyewear
K1060 Pressure cleaners, water
A1060 Pretzels
H3030 Printers
G2040 Prints and related supplies
X1200 Professional instruments
U1010 Propane fuel, automotive
X1400 Propane fuel, household
P1032 Propane tanks (BBQ)
K1060 Propane torch cylinders
K1030 Propane torch kits
B1020 Prophylactics
P1032 Pruners, plant and tree
B1020 Pumice stones
K1010 Pumps, heat
V3020 Pumps, water (automotive)
K1010 Pumps, water (household)
L1070 Punching bags
H2020 Purifiers, air
K1010 Purifiers, water
C1070 Purses
L2000 Puzzles
C4000 Pyjamas, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Pyjamas, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Pyjamas, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2040 Pyjamas, men's
C1050 Pyjamas, women's
L2000 Racing sets, toy and hobby
L1070 Racquet sports equipment
R1030 Radar equipment, boats
V3020 Radiators, automotive
V3020 Radios, automotive
H3010 Radios, ham
H3010 Radios, household
C4000 Rainwear, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Rainwear, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Rainwear, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Rainwear, men's
C1010 Rainwear, women's
P1032 Rakes
H2010 Ranges and range hoods/fans
C5000 Rattles etc., baby
B1020 Razor blades
H2020 Razors, electric
B1020 Razors, non-electric
X0500 Receipt books
H3010 Receivers and tuners, audio, non-automotive
L6000 Records (excl. used)
S1000 Records, rental
S3000 Recreational vehicle repair and maintenance services
H3010 Reel-to-reel tape players
H2010 Refrigerators
S1000 Rental, audio and video tapes and discs
V5000 Rental, automotive
S2000 Rental, non-automotive (excl. video tapes)
S2000 Rental, recreational vehicles, snowmobiles, farm equipment
S2000 Rent-to-own (appliances, furniture, etc.)
V4000 Repair services, automotive (excl. recreational vehicles and farm equipment)
S3000 Repair services, non-automotive (incl. recreational vehicles and farm equipment)
S5000 Restaurants, revenue from
X0500 Ribbons and bows, giftwrap
A1090 Rice
L1020 Rifles (incl. air and target)
L1030 Ringette equipment and uniforms
C2040 Robes, men's
C1050 Robes, women's
L1070 Rock climbing equipment and accessories
L1070 Roller skates
A1050 Rolls, dinner, fresh
K1050 Roof trusses
K1050 Roofing felt
K1050 Roofing tiles
K1060 Rope
R1030 Rowboats, new
X1300 Rowboats, used
B1020 Rubbing alcohol
D1000 Rucksacks
H2020 Rug cleaning equipment
G1020 Rug shampoos and deodorizers
L1030 Rugby equipment
G2010 Rugs, floor
X0500 Rulers
G2010 Runners, carpeting
C2050 Running and jogging wear, men's
C1060 Running and jogging wear, women's
D3010 Running shoes
V4000 Rustproofing service
L1070 Saddlery (saddles, pads, girth straps, etc.)
H1030 Safes, security
C2050 Safety clothing, men's
C1060 Safety clothing, women's
Y0000 Safety equipment (gloves, goggles, helmets, masks, ear protectors, etc.)
D3022 Safety footwear, men's
D3021 Safety footwear, women's
L1070 Sailboards
R1030 Sailboats, new
X1300 Sailboats, used
G1010 Salad bowls (incl. sets)
A1090 Salad dressings
A1070 Salads and other “deli” foods (excl. cheese)
B1020 Saline solutions, optical
K1060 Salt, road (incl. synthetic)
K1060 Salt, sidewalk (incl. synthetic)
A1090 Salt, table
K1010 Salt, water softener
D3023 Sandals, infants' and children's
D3022 Sandals, men's and boys'
D3021 Sandals, women's and girls'
K1030 Sanders, electric
K1060 Sandpaper
G1020 Sandwich bags
K1050 Sashes, door and window
H3010 Satellite dishes
K1010 Saunas
A1010 Sausages, fresh, prepackaged
A1080 Sausages, frozen
K1030 Saws, hand and power
G2030 Scales, bathroom
G1010 Scales, kitchen
H3030 Scanners, computer
C2060 Scarves, men's
C1070 Scarves, women's
D1000 School bags (leather and leather-like)
X1200 Scientific instruments
L2000 Scooters, children's
R1020 Scooters, parts and accessories, motorized
L1020 Scopes, rifle, pistol and archery
X0500 Scotch tape
G1020 Scouring powders
K1020 Scrapers, paint and wallpaper
K1030 Screwdrivers
K1040 Screws
L1070 Scuba gear
G2040 Sculptures
A1070 Seafood, “deli”
A1090 Seafood, canned
A1020 Seafood, fresh, smoked and cured (not “deli”)
A1080 Seafood, frozen
V3020 Seat covers, automotive
V3020 Security systems, automotive
K1060 Security systems, household
X1100 Seed, crop
P1031 Seedlings, nursery stock
P1031 Seeds (incl. flower, plant and grass)
L3000 Sewing kits, notions and supplies
H2020 Sewing machines
K1050 Shakes, roofing
G1020 Shampoos, carpet
B1020 Shampoos, hair
X0200 Shampoos, pet
X0200 Shavers and shears, pet, electric
H2020 Shavers, personal, electric
B1020 Shaving creams, gels and foams
G2020 Sheers, drapery
L5000 Sheet music
G2030 Sheets, bed (excl. nursery)
C5000 Sheets, nursery
K1060 Shelving and brackets
A1080 Sherbets
K1050 Shingles (incl. roofing and siding)
C4000 Shirts, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Shirts, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Shirts, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Shirts, men's, dress and casual
C1030 Shirts, women's
V3020 Shock absorbers
D3021 Shoe accessories (clip-on)
G1020 Shoe polish and silicone sprays, etc.
S3000 Shoe repair
D3010 Shoes, “athletic” (excl. ski boots, skates and cleats)
D3023 Shoes, infants' and children's fashion
D3022 Shoes, men' and boys' fashion
D3021 Shoes, women's and girls' fashion
K1060 Shop vacs
C4000 Shorts, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Shorts, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Shorts, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Shorts, men's
C1030 Shorts, women's
P1032 Shovels, garden
K1030 Shovels, snow
G2030 Shower curtains (incl. liners)
K1010 Shower enclosures, heads
P1031 Shrubs and bushes
L2000 Shuffleboard
G2020 Shutters (indoor)
K1050 Shutters (outdoor)
B3000 Sick room equipment
K1050 Siding, wood, aluminum and vinyl
G2040 Silk flowers
G1010 Silverware
K1010 Sinks
S4000 Skate sharpening
L1070 Skateboards
L1070 Skates, figure
L1030 Skates, hockey
L1070 Skates, in-line, roller
L1040 Ski boots
L1070 Ski equipment, water
C4000 Ski jackets and suits, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Ski jackets and suits, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Ski jackets and suits, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Ski jackets and suits, men's
C1010 Ski jackets and suits, women's
L1040 Ski suits, aerodynamic racing
B1020 Skin lotions and toners
C3000 Skirts, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Skirts, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C1030 Skirts, women's
L1040 Skis (alpine and cross country) and accessories
L1070 Skis, water
K1050 Skylights
L2000 Sleds
B4020 Sleeping aids, non-prescription
L1020 Sleeping bags
C4000 Sleepwear, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Sleepwear, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Sleepwear, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2040 Sleepwear, men's
C1050 Sleepwear, women's
L2000 Sleighs
H3020 Slide projectors and accessories
H3020 Slides, photographic
L2000 Slides, playground
D3023 Slippers, infants' and children's
D3022 Slippers, men's and boys'
D3021 Slippers, women's and girls'
C1050 Slips, women's
G1030 Smoke and carbon monoxide detectors
A1060 Snacks (chips, candy, nuts, etc.)
L1070 Snooker tables
L1070 Snorkels
K1030 Snow shovels and scoops
P1020 Snowblowers
L1040 Snowboards
C2010 Snowmobile suits, men's
C1010 Snowmobile suits, women's
R1030 Snowmobiles and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Snowmobiles and parts and accessories, used
L1070 Snowshoes
L1070 Snowskates
C4000 Snowsuits, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Snowsuits, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Snowsuits, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Snowsuits, men's
C1010 Snowsuits, women's
X0300 Snuff
G1020 Soap, laundry and dish
B1020 Soap, personal, hand, face and body
L1030 Soccer cleats, equipment and uniforms
L2000 Soccer tables (game)
C4000 Socks, boys'
C3000 Socks, girls'
C5000 Socks, infants' and children's
C2040 Socks, men's
C1040 Socks, women's
P1031 Sod
H1030 Sofa beds
K1050 Soffits
A2010 Soft drinks, canned and bottled
H3040 Software, business and entertainment
P1031 Soil, outdoor
X0600 Soil, potting
K1010 Solar panel heating kits
K1030 Soldering irons
V3020 Sound systems, automotive
H3010 Sound systems, non-automotive
A1040 Sour cream
X0400 Souvenirs
H2020 Space heaters, “portable”
P1032 Spades, garden
V3020 Spark plugs
V3020 Speakers, automotive
H3010 Speakers, non-automotive
A1090 Spices, herbs
D1000 Sport bags
C2020 Sport jackets, men's
V1020 Sport utility vehicles, new
V2020 Sport utility vehicles, used
X1300 Sporting goods, used
K1010 Spotlights and floodlights, exterior
V3020 Springs, automotive
L1070 Squash equipment and supplies (excl. footwear and clothing)
G1020 Stain removers
L4000 Stained glass making supplies
K1020 Stains, wood
X0800 Stamp collections
S4000 Stamps (service)
K1030 Stapler gun, tool
X0500 Staplers and staples
L1060 Stationary bicycles
X0500 Stationery (envelopes, cards, writing paper, etc.)
G2040 Statuettes
G1010 Stemware, crystal and other
V3020 Stereos, automotive
H3010 Stereos, non-automotive
C4000 Stockings, boys'
C3000 Stockings, girls'
C5000 Stockings, infants' and children's
C2040 Stockings, men's
C1040 Stockings, women's
G1030 Stools
S4000 Storage (furniture, fur coats, vehicles, etc.)
L1020 Stoves, camping
H2010 Stoves, household, cooking
G1030 String
H1020 Strollers
L2000 Stuffed animals, toys
A1090 Sugar
D1000 Suitcases
C2020 Suits, men's (incl. made-to-measure, readyto-wear)
C1020 Suits, women's (incl. pant suits)
B2020 Sunglasses, non-prescription
B2010 Sunglasses, prescription
B1020 Sunscreens
L1070 Surfboards
X1200 Surveyors equipment
C2060 Suspenders, men's
C2030 Sweat tops and bottoms, men's
C1030 Sweat tops and bottoms, women's
C4000 Sweaters, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Sweaters, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Sweaters, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Sweaters, men's
C1030 Sweaters, women's
C4000 Swimsuits, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Swimsuits, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Swimsuits, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2050 Swimsuits, men's
C1060 Swimsuits, women's
L2000 Swings, playground
K1010 Switches, electrical
A1090 Syrups (corn, maple, chocolate, etc.)
A1040 Table cream
L2000 Table hockey
G1020 Table linens, disposable
G2030 Table linens, non disposable
G1010 Tableware (excl. disposable)
G1020 Tableware, disposable (paper and plastic plates, cups, forks, etc.)
L1070 Tack, equine (saddles, pads, girth straps, etc.)
L1020 Tackle boxes, fishing
S4000 Tailoring services
H3010 Tape recorders and players (non-automotive)
L1030 Tape, hockey
K1060 Tape, masking, duct
L3000 Tape, measuring, sewing
K1030 Tape, measuring, tool
H3010 Tapes, audio and video, blank
L6000 Tapes, audio and video, pre-recorded
S1000 Tapes, audio and video, rental
K1050 Tar paper
K1050 Tar, roofing
K1060 Tarpaulins
A1090 Tea
G2030 Tea towels
C5000 Teething rings (baby)
S4000 Telephone cards
H3050 Telephones (incl. cellular)
X1200 Telescopes (professional and scientific instruments)
L2000 Telescopes (toy models)
H3010 Televisions
L1070 Tennis equipment and accessories (excl. footwear and clothing)
D3010 Tennis shoes
R1010 Tent trailers and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Tent trailers and parts and accessories, used
L1020 Tents
L7010 Textbooks
G1010 Thermometer, cooking
B3000 Thermometer, health care
G2040 Thermometer, household
V3020 Thermostat, automotive
K1010 Thermostat, household
X0500 Thumb tacks
C2060 Ties, neck
C3000 Tights, girls (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Tights, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C1040 Tights, women's
G2010 Tiles (ceramic, clay, marble, granite, vinyl and cork)
P1020 Tillers
G1020 Tin foil
V4000 Tire alignment and balancing services
V4000 Tire and wheel mounting services
L1010 Tire pumps, bicycle
V4000 Tire rotation service
L1010 Tires and tubes for bicycles
V3010 Tires and tubes for buses, medium trucks (classes 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8), (new, used and retreads)
V3010 Tires and tubes for cars, pickup trucks, minivans, jeeps, vans, other sport utility vehicles (new, used and retreads)
V3010 Tires and tubes for farm equipment (new, used and retreads)
V3010 Tires and tubes for recreational vehicles (new, used and retreads)
V3010 Tires and tubes for utility trailers (new, used and retreads)
H2020 Toasters and toaster ovens
X0300 Tobacco products and accessories (incl. cigarette papers, rolling machines, etc.)
L2000 Toboggans
H1020 Toddler bed
G1020 Toilet fresheners
B1020 Toilet paper
G2030 Toilet tank covers (incl. sets)
B1020 Toiletries, personal
K1010 Toilets
X1000 Tombstones and monuments
B1020 Toners
K1030 Tool belts
P1032 Tool sheds
K1030 Toolboxes
P1032 Tools, garden
K1030 Tools, hand and power (excl. garden tools)
V2020 Trucks, used, light
V2030 Trucks, used, medium/heavy (classes 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8)
D1000 Trunks (storage, travel)
B3000 Trusses, personal health care
K1050 Trusses, roof
C4000 T-shirts, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 T-shirts, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 T-shirts, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 T-shirts, men's
C1030 T-shirts, women's
K1010 Tubs (bath, laundry)
P1032 Tubs, hot (outdoor)
V3020 Tuners and receivers, audio, automotive
H3010 Tuners and receivers, audio, non-automotive
V4000 Tune-ups, automotive
A1010 Turkey, fresh
A1080 Turkey, frozen
A1080 TV dinners, frozen
X1100 Twine, farming
G1030 Twine, household
H3050 Typewriters
P1010 Umbrellas (beach, patio furniture)
C2060 Umbrellas, men's
C1070 Umbrellas, women's
G2010 Underlay, carpet and rug
C4000 Underwear, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Underwear, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Underwear, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2040 Underwear, men's
C1050 Underwear, women's
C1060 Uniforms, occupational (medical, police, fire, armed forces, etc.) women's
C2050 Uniforms, occupational (medical, police, fire, armed forces, etc.), men's
L1030 Uniforms, sports
C6000 Unisex clothing
S4000 Upholstery cleaning services, household
V4000 Upholstery repair, automotive
S3000 Upholstery repair, non automotive
S4000 Upholstery services, non automotive
X1300 Used aircraft
H2020 Toothbrushes, electric
B1020 Toothbrushes, non-electric
B1020 Toothpaste
C4000 Tops, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Tops, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Tops, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2030 Tops, men's
C1030 Tops, women's
B1020 Toupees
G2030 Towels, face, hand and bath
V4000 Towing
L2000 Toys and games, new
X1300 Toys and games, used
G2040 Track lighting
D3010 Track shoes
C2050 Track suits, men's
C1060 Track suits, women's
X1100 Tractors, farm (new and used)
P1020 Tractors, lawn
V3020 Trailer hitches
R1030 Trailers, boat
X1100 Trailers, livestock (farm) new and used
R1020 Trailers, motorcycle
R1030 Trailers, personal watercraft
S2000 Trailers, rental
R1030 Trailers, snowmobile
Y0000 Trailers, utility, new, (not elsewhere classified)
L2000 Train sets
L1070 Trampolines
D1000 Travel accessories (leather and leather-like)
S4000 Travel services
R1010 Travel trailers and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Travel trailers and parts and accessories, used
P1031 Trees, nursery stock
L2000 Tricycles, children's
Y0000 Trophies
K1030 Trowels
R1010 Truck campers and parts and accessories, new
X1300 Truck campers and parts and accessories, used
V1020 Trucks, new, light
V1030 Trucks, new, medium/heavy (classes 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8)
X1300 Used all terrain vehicles (ATV'S)
X1300 Used appliances
X1300 Used boats
X1300 Used books
V2030 Used buses and medium/heavy trucks (classes 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8)
X1300 Used campers, truck mounted
V2010 Used cars
X1300 Used catamarans
X1300 Used clothing
X1300 Used computers
X1300 Used dune buggies
X1100 Used farm equipment
X1300 Used furniture
X1300 Used golf carts
V2020 Used light trucks, vans, minivans, jeeps and sport utility vehicles
X0900 Used mobile homes
X1300 Used mopeds
X1300 Used motor homes
X1300 Used motorcycles/bikes/scooters
X1300 Used motors for boats
X1300 Used musical instruments
V3020 Used parts and accessories, automotive (excl. tires)
X1300 Used personal watercraft
X1300 Used records
X1300 Used snowmobiles
X1300 Used sporting goods
X1300 Used tent trailers
V3010 Used tires
X1300 Used toys
X1100 Used tractors, farm
X1300 Used tractors, garden
X1300 Used trailers (excl. livestock)
X1300 Used travel trailers
G1010 Utensils, kitchen (incl. sets)
K1060 Vacuum cleaners (shop vacs)
H2020 Vacuum cleaners, household (incl. central vacs)
R1010 Vans, converted (recreational)
V1020 Vans, new (excl. converted vans)
V2020 Vans, used (excl. converted vans)
X1300 Vans, used, converted (recreational)
K1050 Vapour barriers
K1020 Varnishes
H3010 VCRs
A2020 Vegetable juices (excl. frozen)
A1090 Vegetables, canned or dried
A1030 Vegetables, fresh
A1080 Vegetables, frozen
S4000 Vehicle storage
S4000 Vending machines (service)
K1050 Veneer
K1010 Vents, air and heating
K1050 Vents, roof
C2030 Vests, men's
C1030 Vests, women's
X1100 Veterinary supplies, farm
H3010 Video cameras and accessories
L6000 Video disc, pre-recorded
S1000 Video disc, rental
L2000 Video games
S1000 Video games rentals
H3010 Video tape, blank
L6000 Video tape, pre-recorded
S1000 Video tape, rental
B4020 Vitamins
L1030 Volleyball equipment and uniforms
L2000 Wading pools, portable
K1050 Wafer board
L2000 Wagons, toys
H1020 Walkers, baby
B3000 Walkers, health care equipment
D3010 Walking shoes
H3010 Walkmans
C5000 Wall hangings, nursery
K1050 Wallboard, gypsum
C2060 Wallets, men's
C1070 Wallets, women's
K1020 Wallpaper and supplies
S4000 Warranty
K1040 Washers and o-rings
H2010 Washing machines
S3000 Watch and clock repair and cleaning services
D2000 Watches, pocket, wrist and pendant
A2020 Water (spring, mineral, flavoured, etc.)
K1010 Water filters, household
G1010 Water filters, table
K1010 Water heating equipment
K1060 Water pressure cleaners
K1010 Water purifiers
L1070 Water skis
K1010 Water softeners
G1020 Wax paper
V3020 Wax, car
G1020 Wax, floor, household
K1060 Weather vanes
K1050 Weatherstripping
H3030 Webcams
C1060 Wedding gowns
L1070 Wet suits
P1032 Wheelbarrows
B3000 Wheelchairs
V3020 Wheels, automotive
L1010 Wheels, bicycle
A1040 Whipping cream
K1010 Whirlpools and spas (indoors)
A1010 Wieners, prepackaged
B1020 Wigs and hair pieces
C4000 Windbreakers, boys' (sizes 7 to 18)
C3000 Windbreakers, girls' (sizes 7 to 16)
C5000 Windbreakers, infants' and children's (infants' sizes 0 to 24 mos., children's sizes 2 to 6X)
C2010 Windbreakers, men's
C1010 Windbreakers, women's
K1040 Window hardware
G2020 Window treatments, indoor
K1050 Windows and frames
U1020 Windshield washer fluids
V3020 Windshield wipers
V3020 Windshields
A3000 Wine
X0100 Wine and beer making kits
S4000 Wine and beer making services
X0100 Wine making supplies (incl. concentrates, bottles, labels and corks)
G1010 Wine racks
K1010 Wire, electrical
K1060 Wire, non-electrical
K1010 Wiring boxes, electrical
K1050 Wood (building)
X1400 Wood pellets, household fuel
K1010 Woodstoves
D3022 Work boots, men's
D3021 Work boots, women's
C2050 Work gloves, men's
C1060 Work gloves, women's
L3000 Yarns and threads
A1040 Yogurt, fresh
A1080 Yogurt, frozen

Balance of Payments Division

Part 1: General

Authority

The quarterly and annual surveys of the Balance of Payments Division are conducted under the authority of the Statistics Act, Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, Chapter S19. Completion of these questionnaires is a legal requirement under the Statistics Act.

Confidentiality

Statistics Canada is prohibited by law from publishing any statistics, which would divulge information, obtained from a survey that relates to any identifiable business without the written consent of that business. The data reported in these surveys will be treated in confidence, used for statistical purposes and published in aggregate form only. The confidentiality provisions of the Statistics Act are not affected by either the Access to Information Act or any other legislation.

Purpose of the Surveys

The data reported in the Balance of Payments surveys areis used to prepare statements produce statistics on Canada's balance of international payments and investment position as well as an essential component in other System of National Accounts products. These are key economic measures used by departments of the Government of Canada in the setting up policies (e.g. interest rates, exchange rates), of interest and exchange rates by policy-making departments of the Federal and provincial governments, industry associations, financial institutions and international agencies. Other users include investment dealers, foreign embassies, business planners, market researchers, and the academic community.

Timeliness of the Statistics

For the quarterly surveys, such as the BP-21A survey, a completed copy of the questionnaire should be returned within three weeks of receipt.

For the annual surveys, such as the BP-52 survey, a completed copy of the questionnaire should be returned within four weeks of receipt.

Your co-operation is requested asked in responding to these surveys on time a timely basis so as to avoid delays in the release of the statistics.

Reporting Entity

The Canadian parent should provide a consolidated report including itself and all of its Canadian subsidiaries. If the reporting entity is surveyed with a BP-53 (Structure of Canadian companies in the reporting enterprise), please use it to explain the accounting method used for subsidiaries and associates.

Foreign Parent Corporations/Controlling Shareholders

This is defined as being the shareholders, which are capable of exercising control of the reporting entity through ownership of securities or by other means. Include foreign related companies, which are controlled by substantially, the same shareholders or group of shareholders.

Foreign Subsidiaries and Associates

This is defined as being those companies in which the reporting entity (directly or indirectly through other subsidiaries) has ownership interest of at least 10% of total shares. A subsidiary is a company in which the reporting entity owns a majority (more than 50%) of the voting shares. An associate is a company in which the reporting entity owns between 10% and 50% of the voting rights. Another related company includes companies which have the same parent as the reporting entity but in which the reporting entity holds no direct investment interest. For the purpose of Balance of Payments reporting, another related company another related company is  not  an affiliate and should be included in  Foreign Parent Corporations/Controlling Shareholders.

Direct Investors

These are shareholders (residents of Canada and non-residents) that own 10% or more of the company's equity. These principal investors in the company could be individuals or public and private enterprises, who possess significant enough investment in the company to influence the management of the company. In the majority of cases, direct investors would be parent corporations or controlling shareholders of the company.

Foreign Direct Investment

Foreign direct investment represents investment by foreign investors, who own 10% or more of the company's equity or sufficient investment in the company to play a role in its management. These investors, referred to as foreign direct investors, would be investors from other countries such as corporations, unincorporated entities and individuals and would be recognized as foreign parent corporations and/or foreign controlling shareholders.

Portfolio Investors

Portfolio investors may be shareholders or holders of debt of the company. Unlike direct investors, these are passive investors that do not have a voice in the management of the enterprise. The investors and the enterprise are not affiliated nor controlled by substantially the same shareholders or group of shareholders. On the BP-52 questionnaire entries for these investors would fall under other investors and on the BP-21 under other non-residents.

Foreign Portfolio Investment

Foreign portfolio investment represents investment by foreign investors, individuals and corporations, who are passive investors in the company. The investment in equity or debt of the company does not provide the non-resident investors with the ability to influence the management of the company, i.e. not foreign direct investors. These investors are normally identified as foreign portfolio investors. A foreign portfolio investor could be a holder of the common or preferred shares of the company. Foreign portfolio investors may also be providers of loans or debt capital to the company, such as foreign banks, pension funds, mutual funds, financial institutions, etc.

Long-Term Investment

Include as long-term investment all items intended or likely to remain outstanding for more than one year from the date incurred. If both increases and decreases in claims receipt and payment transactions with a particular country occurred during the year, please report both amounts rather than a net amount.

Currency Details

Where applicable please use the country-coding list provided to identify currency of payment for long-term liabilities; report all values in thousands of Canadian dollars.

Geographical Details

Please use the country-coding list provided to identify the foreign country with which the transactions occur and/or in which shares or liabilities are held. When the geographical distribution is not available, please estimate. Note that each country code applies to direct and other investors.

Should you need any clarification regarding reporting, please call our contact telephone number listed under "Filing of this questionnaire Reports" on the front m page of each questionnaire.

Statistical Results/Balance Of Payments Publications

The Balance of Payments qQuestionnaires are used to compile aggregates, which are published in the following publications:

Canada's International Transactions in Securities, monthly, Cat. 67-002.
Canada's Balance of International Payments, quarterly, Cat. 67-001.
Canada's International Transactions in Services, annual, Cat. 67-203.
Canada's International Investment Position, annual, Cat. 67-202.
Canada's Balance of International Payments Historical Statistics 1926-1990, Cat. 67-508

These publications may be obtainedpurchased through the local Statistics Canada office or by mail order to:

Statistics Canada
Statistical Reference Centre (National Capital Region)
R.H. Coats Building, Lobby
Tunney's Pasture
Publication Sales
Holland Avenue
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0T6

For further information, please call:
Toll-free number: 1-800-263-1136
Local calls: (613) 951-8116
Fax number: (613) 951-0581
E-mail: infostats@statcan.gc.ca

Part 2: Overview of questionnaires

The purpose of these questionnaires of the Balance of Payments and Financial Flows Division of Statistics Canada is to gather data on international transactions from business entities in Canada. All of these questionnaires, except the BP-22, are intended largely for companies incorporated in Canada. The BP-22 questionnaire covers the operations and investments of foreign companies in Canada (branches). The Balance of Payments questionnaires should be completed from the point of view of the Canadian business entities.

Who Receives These Questionnaires?

The larger (multi-national) enterprises tend to receive most of the Balance of Payments forms because these companies generally have a multitude of international transactions.

Some enterprises may receive a BP-21 and a BP-52. These are enterprises, which may have some, or all of their its shares or long-term debt held outside Canada.

Some enterprises may receive a BP-21 and a BP-59. These are enterprises which have capital invested abroad.

Some companies may receive only a BP-21 or BP-21S. These companies may be consolidated in the reports of the parent company for all of the other Balance of Payments questionnaires but because some of the detail required for certain accounts is not readily available at the consolidated level, these subsidiaries are surveyed separately. Also, there are companies, which may have international transactions, which are restricted, to short-term assets and liabilities, i.e. trade receivables or trade payables, with non-residents or to payments for services rendered by foreign companies.

BP-21: Transactions Between Canada and Other Countries (Annual)

This questionnaire is used to gather information on all transactions with non-residents such as investment capital, short-term receivables and payables, investment income, and business and commercial miscellaneous services during a twelve-month period, preferably a calendar year.

This questionnaire should be completed on a Canadian consolidation basis. If this is not available or appropriate, please list on the back of the form in the space provided the Canadian subsidiaries, which have not been included, as they may need to be surveyed separately.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 7.

BP-21A: Transactions between Canada and Other Countries (Quarterly)

This questionnaire is a quarterly version of the annual BP-21 questionnaire. The quarterly questionnaire is sent to a sample of companies with the largest international transactions. The long-term capital transactions reported in items 1 to 5 and 6 to 9 should total be equal to the amounts reported on the annual BP-21 unless there are some year-end adjustments or revisions. Similarly, the quarterly investment income and business service transactions should agree in total with the amounts recorded on the BP-21. The short-term positions should also correspond to the amounts reported on the BP-21.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 7.

BP-21S: International Transactions in Commercial Services (Annual)

This questionnaire requests details of business and commercial miscellaneous services and charges with non-residents. The back of this form It gives an indication of the range of services and charges for which information is requested. For companies, which receive a BP-21, the aggregated data on the BP-21S should agree to the control, totals submitted on the BP-21 in items 32 and 34.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 17.

BP-21SQ: International Transactions in Commercial Services (Quarterly)

This questionnaire is a condensed quarterly version of the annual BP-21S questionnaire. This questionnaire is sent to a sample of companies with transactions in services and who do not receive the quarterly BP-21A questionnaire. The quarterly business services transactions should agree with the amounts recorded on the BP-21S and the BP-21.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 17.

BP-22: Investment in Canada by Non-Canadian Corporations (Annual)

BP-22A: Investment in Canada by Non-Canadian Corporations (Quarterly)

These forms are intended to cover the activities of foreign entities in Canada, which are not conducted through incorporated Canadian companies. In most cases this form applies to Canadian branches of foreign corporations.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 18.

BP-52: Geographical Distribution of Capital (Annual)

This questionnaire is used to gather information on measure the geographical distribution of ownership of the long-term capital invested in the Canadian reporting entity. The schedule should be completed on a Canadian consolidation basis reflecting the long-term debt and equity of the parent and its Canadian subsidiaries. If for some reason a full Canadian consolidation is not available, the Canadian subsidiaries may be surveyed separately.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 20.

BP-53: Structure of Canadian Companies in the Reporting Enterprise (Annual)

This questionnaire is used to establish which Canadian subsidiaries have been consolidated (part 1) in the BP-21, BP-21A, BP-21S, BP-21SQ, BP-52 and BP-59 questionnaires, as well as the total value of investment in Canadian subsidiaries and associates (part 2) which are not fullyconsolidated. Please note that this questionnaire is not intended to be a company profile such as that conducted by the Business Register Division of Statistics Canada.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 25.

BP-59: Capital Invested Abroad by Canadian Enterprises (Annual)

This questionnaire asks for details on Canadian investments in foreign subsidiaries, associates, branches and joint ventures. The report should cover all investments abroad by the reporting parent company and/or its fully consolidated Canadian subsidiaries as reported in Item section 11 of the BP-52 (if applicable).

The financial statements (balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes in financial position and statement of retained earnings) with the explanatory notes should be provided for each foreign subsidiary associate, joint venture and branch reported on this questionnaire.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 26.

BP-59S: Capital Invested in Secondary Foreign Companies by Canadian Enterprises Supplementary Schedule of Capital Invested Abroad by Canadian Enterprises (Annual)

This questionnaire asks for details on foreign investments by primary foreign subsidiaries in secondary foreign subsidiaries and associates located in other foreign countries. It applies only to reporting entities that complete a BP-59 questionnaire.

This questionnaire is intended for primary foreign subsidiaries, which are passive holding companies set-up in a foreign country for such reasons as tax, etc., with little assets and operating activity in that foreign country. The purpose of the BP59S is to collect information on the foreign countries and industries where the Canadian capital has been ultimately invested, i.e. secondary subsidiaries and associates located in other foreign countries, by these primary foreign subsidiaries.

The financial statements plus the explanatory notes should also be provided for each secondary foreign subsidiary and associate.

For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 26.

BP-59/59S: Foreign Subsidiary Activity Schedule

This questionnaire is provided for selected foreign subsidiaries. It contains questions on sales activities by industry, destination of sales and financial information of all foreign subsidiaries of the Canadian reporting entity.
For guidance in completing this form please refer to page 30.

Part 3:- Detailed Guide To Individual Questionnaires

BP-21: Transactions between Canada and Other Countries (annual)

BP-21A: Transactions between Canada and Other Countries (quarterly)

The BP-21A is a quarterly version of the BP-21, and as such, the same instructions apply. The BP-21 questionnaire should cover all of your enterprise's transactions with non-residents. The long-term capital transactions are covered on page 2, while the short-term positions with non-residents are to be reported on page 3. Investment income and business service transactions with residents of other countries are covered on page 4. The only exclusions are merchandise exports and imports trade and freight and shipping transactions, which are being collected through other sources.

Cover Page

Period end to which this report relates (Month/Year)
Please report as at the calendar year ended December 31. If this is not practicable, please use fiscal year period closest to December 31 and specify in Item section 0.

Section 1

Long-term Capital Transactions With Non-Residents

Transactions affecting long-term non-Canadian investment in the reporting entity evidenced by the issue of stocks, bonds, and other liabilities.

1. Investment by Foreign Parent Corporations/Controlling Shareholders

This item covers is applicable if the reporting entity had issued or redeemed the issuance or redemption of stocks, bonds, or other liabilities to (from) non-resident parent corporations, related corporations, or any related shareholders by the reporting entity. An entry in this item would also require a corresponding increase (decrease) on the BP-52 (if applicable) in the bonds, other long-term liabilities, or shareholders' equity item under the column of direct investors. Please identify every foreign country involved. Transactions with involving non-related companies, financial institutions, and individuals should be excluded (see items 3, 4 and 5).

Examples

HIJ Canada Inc. issues $10,000,000.00 worth of stock. A Canadian company purchases $5,000,000.00 and $5,000,000.00 is purchased by HIJ Germany Inc. Since the data is to be reported in thousands of dollars the entry would be a $5,000 increase in investment (receipts) with country code DEU.

HIJ Canada Inc. had a loan outstanding ($7,000,000.00) to its parent corporation HIJ Italy Inc. This year the loan was repaid. The entry would be a $7,000 decrease (payments) with country code ITA.

2. Simultaneous Reinvestment

This item again applies to non-resident parent corporations, related companies, and any related shareholders. An entry in this item requires a corresponding entry in section 3 and in section 8 of the BP52.

Examples

HIJ Canada Inc. declares a stock dividend, all of which accrues to the parent corporation HIJ Italy Inc. HIJ Italy Inc. reinvests 100% of the dividend. The entry in this area would be the total dividend as an increase in investment (receipts), country code ITA. On page 4 item 35ii,) the amount of tax withheld, the net amount accrued and country code ITA would be recorded. Also, the box indicating a stock dividend would be checked.

HIJ Canada Inc. has an outstanding loan of $4,000,000.00 from a related company in Germany. The applicable interest rate is 10%. HIJ Canada Inc. accrues the interest expense to HIJ Germany although it has not been remitted to paid out by the parent company. The entry in this item would be the amount of interest REINVESTED and the country code DEU .(item 2ii page 2). On page 4, item 33ii would be the amount of tax withheld, the net amount accrued and country code DEU.

3. Investment in Securities by Other Non-Residents

This item refers to non-resident portfolio investment in the reporting entity through the issue or redemption of stocks or bonds by the reporting entity.

An entry in this item would require a corresponding increase (decrease) in the position reported on the BP-52 (if applicable) in the bonds or share capital category under the other investor columns.
Excluded from this item are any transactions with non-resident related companies, such as parent corporations, , associated companies, and individual related shareholders (see item 1).

Examples

HIJ Canada Inc. issues $10,000,000.00 worth of stock. The Canadian parent corporation purchases 90% and portfolio investors in Sweden purchase the remaining 10%. The entry in this area would be $1,000 increase (receipt) with country code SWE.
HIJ Canada Inc. redeems $2,000,000.00 worth of bonds that are currently held by a nonassociated company in Japan. The entry in this area would be $2,000 decrease (payment) with country code JPN.

4. Loans From Other Non-Residents

This item refers to loans from non-resident portfolio lenders only. Included in this category are borrowings from non-resident banks, other financial institutions and nonassociated companies. Excluded are any transactions with non-resident parent corporations, related companies, or any related shareholders.

i) BANKS would include all borrowings from foreign banks. It would not include foreign mortgages, which should be reported in item 4ii). For When reporting syndicated bank loans it is important to specify all the foreign countries involved, not just the lead banks. Canadian subsidiaries of foreign banks are resident banks and should be excluded.

ii) OTHER would include foreign mortgages, foreign capital leases, foreign government loans and other foreign borrowings not included elsewhere.

5. Other Transactions With Non-Residents

This item deals with other liabilities to non-residents that are not reported in items 1, 2, 3 or 4. Please describe the nature of the transaction.

Transactions affecting long-term investment abroad by the Canadian reporting entity

6. Investment in branches, associates, subsidiaries, and joint ventures abroad evidenced by the issue of stocks, bonds and other claims This item applies when the reporting entity has invested in share capital, bonds, or long-term loans of foreign subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, or branches. An entry in this item would require a corresponding change increase(decrease) on the BP-59 (if applicable). However, the amount reported on the BP-21 may differ slightly from the amount reported on the BP-59 because the transaction is calculated based on the exchange rate in effect at the time of the transaction whereas the position is calculated based on the exchange rate in effect at the fiscal year-end. Please refer to the BP-59 section of the guide for more clarification. For portfolio investment, please refer to item 8 below.

Examples

HIJ Canada Inc. invests $20,000,000.00 to acquire for a 60% interest in a new company in Costa Rica on December 31. $5,000,000.00 is the cost of the share capital and $15,000,000.00 is allocated to contributed surplus. The entry on the BP-21 would be an increase (payment) of $20,000, circle 32 for subsidiary, country code CRI. The entry on the BP-59 would be in the subsidiary section (Type1);. itIt would consist of the name of the subsidiary, country code CRI, the industry in which it is involved, the number of employees, the exchange rate used to convert, 60% of common stock issue held, common stock value of $5,000 in column 1, capital surplus value of $15,000 in column 4, $20,000 book value in column 6, $33,333 total long-term value in column 8 (assuming the other partner invested his 40% sharean equal amount) and $20,000 carrying value in column 14 9.

HIJ Canada Inc. has a loan receivable from a subsidiary in Spain of $12,000,000.00. The subsidiary repays 50% of the loan. The entry on the BP-21 would be a decrease (receipt) of $6,000, circle 3 for subsidiary, country code ESP. The entry on the BP-59 would consist of a corresponding change (decrease) in type 1, columns 5, 6, 8 and 14 9.

7. Simultaneous reinvestment

Included in this item would be dividends or interest received from foreign investments during the current period and simultaneously reinvested in the foreign concern. An amount reported in this item,) would trigger an entry in section 3 and on the BP-59 in column 11 (if dividends).

Example

The reporting entity receives a dividend from a wholly- owned subsidiary in Spain and reinvests the dividend. The entry in item 7i) should be the amount of the dividend. The entry on page 4, item 29i) should be the amount of the dividend reported net and stating the amount of tax withheld, with country code ESP. There are two possible entries on the BP-59. First the reinvestment should be reflected in either column 1 or 4. Also required is an entry in column 11 and should be the total amount of the dividend declared by the foreign concern.

8. Investment in other non-Canadian foreign securities carried out through investment firms located abroad.

This item deals with transactions involving portfolio investment abroad. Do not include security transactions that have been conducted by investment firms in Canada, as these investment firms will include such transactions in our survey of these Canadian companies their survey. For transactions involving direct investment, such as investments in foreign subsidiaries or associates, please refer to item 6 above.

9. Other transactions with non-residents

This item deals with transactions involving investments abroad that have not been reported in items 6, 7 or 8. Please describe the nature of the transaction.

Section 2

Short-term Assets and Liabilities With Non-Residents

The amounts reported under the previous year's column of the previous year-end should agree withto the amounts reported on the previous year's form unless some amounts were revised. If revisions were applied, please indicate.

If the individual country details codes applicable to a certain item are too numerous to list in the space provided, please attach a separate sheet.

Ensure that all of the short-term balances with non-residents are included for the fully consolidated Canadian subsidiaries as reported in Part 1 of the BP-53 (if applicable).

Year-end balances should be expressed in Canadian dollars using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date.

Short-term assets with non-residents

10. Cash on hand and demand deposits

Cash items and deposit balances at foreign banks and other institutions abroad should be valued at their face value at the balance sheet date. Interest income relating to this item should be included in item 30i) on page 4. Excluded from this item would be term deposits (see item 14) and credit balances (see item 20). Note: The above item is not collected on the BP-21A.

Short-term investments, loans and advances to:

11. Foreign parent corporations/controlling shareholders should include related companies such as companies under common ownership. Interest income relating to this item should be included in item 30ii ) on page 4.

12. Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all foreign concerns in which the reporting entity holds at least a 10% interest. The amount reported should be included in the amount reported in column 7 of the BP-59. Interest income relating to this item should be included in item 30iii) on page 4. Foreign cCompanies under common ownership and in which the reporting entity holds no investment should be included in item 11.

13. Other non-residents should include non-related companies and individuals. Interest income relating to this item should be included in item 30iv ) on page 4.

14. Term deposits at foreign banks and other institutions abroad Interest income relating to this item should be included in item 30iv) on page 4.

15. Other short-term investments abroad Include balances for short-term investments that have not been included in items 10 to 14.

Trade receivables with:

16. Foreign parent corporations/controlling shareholders should include related companies such as companies under common ownership. Include only trade receivables. Short-term investments, loans and advances should be included in item 11.

17. Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all foreign concerns in which the reporting entity holds at least a 10% interest. Include only trade receivables. Short term investments, loans and advances should be included in item 12. Companies under common ownership and in which the reporting entity holds no investment should be included in item 16.

18. Other non-residents should include non-related foreign companies and individuals.

Include only trade receivables. Short-term investments, loans and advances should be included in item 13.

19. Non-trade receivables with non-residents

Include short-term balances that have not been included in items 10 to 18. This item would cover receivables of a non-trade nature with non-related companies and individuals.

Short-term liabilities to non-residents

Short-term borrowing and over-drafts from:

20. Banks abroad should include short-term borrowing only from banks resident in other countries. Please note that Long-term bank borrowing should be reported in section 1 of this questionnaire and in section 1 of the BP-52. Interest expense on all foreign bank borrowings should be reported in item 33i) on the BP-21.

21. Foreign parent corporations/controlling shareholders

should include related companies such as companies under common ownership. Long-term liabilities of this nature should be reported in section 1 of this questionnaire and section 3 of the BP-52. Interest expense relating to all inter-company liabilities with foreign concerns should be reported in item 33ii) of the BP-21.

22. Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all foreign concerns in which the reporting entity holds at least a 10% interest. This item should be included in the amount reported in column 7 on the BP-59. Interest expense relating to this item should be reported in item 33iv) of the BP-21. Companies under common ownership and in which the reporting entity holds no investment should be treated as related companies and reported in item 21.

Other non-residents, in the form of :

23. Commercial paper should include only short-term issues. Please note that Long-term issues should be included in section 1 of this questionnaire and section 1 or 3 of the BP-52.

24. Other should include short-term borrowings not included elsewhere. Please provide a description of these items.

Trade payables to:

25. Foreign parent corporations /controlling shareholders should include related companies such as companies under common ownership. Include only trade payables. Short-term borrowings should be included in item 21.

26. Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all foreign concerns in which the reporting entity holds at least a 10% interest. Include only trade payables. Short-term borrowings should be included in item 22. Companies under common ownership and in which the reporting entity holds no investment should be included in item 25.

27. Other non-residents should include foreign non-related companies and individuals. Include only trade payables. Short-term borrowings should be included in item 23 or 24.

28. Non-trade payables with non-residents should include items such as accrued interest payable on short-term or long-term debt and short-term leases. Include short-term balances that have not been included in items 20 to 27. This item should cover payables of a non-trade nature with non-related companies and individuals. Please provide a description of the items.

Section 3

Selected Income and Retained Earnings Accounts with Non-Residents

Please report amounts remitted or charged to accounts, settled by issue of stock, notes, etc. to creditor, net of withholding tax. The amounts not paid or received should be reported in the short-term accounts on page 3.

Receipts from non-residents (Received or debited to accounts)

29. Dividends from:

i) Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all subsidiaries and associates, which have been reported on the BP-59. Please report only the portion accruing to the Canadian reporting entity and not the entire dividend as reported in column 11 of the BP-59 (unless the reporting entity holds 100%).

ii) Other foreign investments should include dividends received from other sources, largely portfolio in nature.

30. Interest income on:

i) Bank deposits abroad should include interest income on short-term and long-term deposits.

ii) Loans to foreign parents/controlling shareholders should include related companies such as companies under common ownership.

iii) Loans to foreign subsidiaries and associates should include companies in which the reporting entity holds at least a 10% interest. Interest income on loans to related companies such as companies under common ownership should be included in item 30ii).

iv) Other claims abroad should include interest income not reported in items 30I ) to 30iii).

For the BP-21A, only the total interest income only is required.

31. Net profit (loss) after income taxes of:

i) Foreign branches - Profits (losses) of unincorporated branches abroad transferred to the branch control account should also be reported in item 6, page 2.

ii) Foreign subsidiaries and associates should include all subsidiaries and associates reported on the BP-59. Please report only the equity of the Canadian reporting entity in the net profit after income taxes and not the entire amount as requested in column 10 on the BP-59 (unless the reporting entity holds 100%).

32. Business services income includes income from non-residents such as commercial, financial, professional, technical, administrative or management services; including royalties, patents, copyrights, advertising, commissions, salaries, insurance premiums and claims, computer services, and equipment rentals (except financial leases). patents, copyrights, trademarks, franchises and similar rights, other royalties, computer services, management and administrative services, research and development, consulting and other professional services, insurance premiums and claims settled, commissions, advertising and sales promotion, and equipment rentals. The total should be the same as the total revenues on Schedule A of from column 13 of the BP-21S (if applicable).

Payments to non-residents (Remitted or credited to accounts)

33. Interest expense on:

i) Bank borrowing abroad

Should include interest expense relating to short-term foreign loans reported in item 20 of this form as well as interest expense on long-term foreign balances reported in section 1 of the BP-52. For syndicated bank loans, please report the interest expense for all the foreign countries and not just the countries of the lead banks.

Interest expense accrued but not yet paid should also be included in item 20 of this form.

ii) Borrowing from foreign parents/controlling shareholders

Should include related companies such as companies under common ownership. Outstanding balances of short-term foreign loans relating to this item should be reported on line 21 of this form, whereas outstanding balances of long-term foreign loans should be reported in section 3 of the BP-52. Interest expense accrued but not yet paid should also be included in item 21.

iii) Bonds and debentures held abroad

Should include interest expense on all bonds and debentures held abroad except those held by foreign parents or controlling shareholders. Interest expense relating to these latter issues should be reported in item 33ii). Any outstanding balances of bonds and debentures should be reported in section 2 of the BP-52. Interest expense accrued but not yet paid should also be included in item 28 of the BP-21 except for interest payable to foreign parent/controlling shareholders.This amount should be included in item 21.

iv) Other liabilities abroad

Should include interest expense on such items as capital leases, mortgages and loans to unrelated companies.
Any outstanding balances of short-term loans should also be included in item 24 of this form and any outstanding balances of long-term loans or mortgages should be included in section 3 of the BP-52. Interest expense accrued but not yet paid should also be included in item 28 of this form.

For the BP-21A, only the total interest expense only is required.

34. Commercial services expense Business services expense includes expenses to non-residents such as commercial, financial, professional, technical, administrative or management services; including royalties, patents, copyrights, advertising, commissions, salaries, insurance premiums and claims, computer services, and equipment rentals (except financial leases). patents, copyrights, trademarks, other royalties, franchises and similar rights, computer services, management and administrative services, research and development, consulting and other professional services, insurance premiums and claims settled, commissions, advertising and sales promotions and equipment rentals. The total should be the same as the total expenses on Schedule B from column 26 of the BP-21S (if applicable).

35. Dividends declared to non-residents should include all dividends to non-residents whether paid or accrued. The amount reported for each country code should correspond approximately to the total dividend declared times the percentage share distribution of each country as reported on the BP-52 (if applicable).

Example

There are a total of 5,000 shares outstanding of which 2,000 are held in the U.S.A. The total dividend declared is $10,000,000.00. Payments of dividends to the U.S.A. would be reported as $4,000 (data is to be reported in thousands of dollars). If the dividends declared to each country do not approximate the share distribution on the BP-52, perhaps the share distribution should be verified.
If there are multiple issues of common or preferred stock, please specify to which issue the dividend relates.

Section 4

Investment in Limited Partnerships and Joint Ventures in Canada

This section is to be completed by companies engaged in the mining, and petroleum and natural gas industry in Canada.
1. Report the amounts invested by non-resident limited partners in limited partnerships in which the reporting entity is the general partner. This question is intended to cover capital to be invested in Canada through limited partnerships by residents of other countries such as individuals, partnerships, corporations, estates, investment funds, pension funds, etc. Outflows of capital, representing a disinvestment or a return of capital, to non-residents should also be reported. A net outflow from Canada should be reported in brackets.

2. Report the amounts invested by non-residents in joint ventures in which the reporting entity is the operator. These joint venture investments in mining, petroleum, etc. in Canada could be by such non-resident entities as corporations, individuals, estates and trusts, and investment funds. Outflows of capital, representing a disinvestment or a return of capital, to joint venture partners in other countries should also be included. A net outflow from Canada should be reported in brackets.

1.3.This item covers remittances to non-residents from investments in joint ventures and limited partnerships in which the reporting entity is respectively, the operator or general partner. These remittances represent production and revenue payments to non-residents of Canada or the return on their investments in joint ventures and limited partnerships

BP-21S: International Transactions in Commercial Services (annual)

Cover Page

0. Period covered end

Please report the date month and the year of the 12-month period end to which this report relates. If this is other than December of the calendar year shown on the form, please supply data for the nearest fiscal year.

Coverage

Please report all external service transactions including those financed by government in Canada (for example, by the Canadian International Development Agency) or by other sources in Canada. See page 4 of this questionnaire for a detailed description of the types of services covered on pages 2 and 3. Please use the geographical coding list to identify the country.

International Revenues and Expenses

Schedule A - Exports of commercial services

Please report the value of services sold to customers abroad (revenues earned) for a 12 month period. Report the revenues net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars. Attach a separate page, if necessary, to report receipts from more than four countries. Total revenues from services should equal item 32 of the BP-21 (if applicable).

Schedule B - Imports of commercial services

Please report the value of services purchased from suppliers abroad (expenses) for a 12 month period. Report the expenses paid or payable to non-residents for services net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars. Attach a separate page, if necessary, to report expenses with more than four countries. Total expenses on imports of services should equal item 34 of the BP-21 (if applicable).

Country Code: Please refer to the enclosed coding list.

Please report the revenues from abroad for services net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars in item 01 to 14. Attach a separate page if necessary. Report the expenses paid or payable abroad for services net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars in items 15 to 28. Attach a separate page if necessary. The combined total of rows 13 and 14 should equal item 32 of the BP-21 (if applicable). The combined total of rows 27 and 28 should equal item 34 of the BP-21 (if applicable).
Related parties include foreign parent companies, foreign direct investors, subsidiaries, branches and other associates, including foreign companies, which are controlled by substantially, the same shareholders or group of shareholders.

BP-21SQ: International Transactions in Commercial Services (quarterly)

Calendar Quarter ending

Please report for the 3-month period ending with the month indicated.

Coverage

Please report all external service transactions including those financed by government in Canada (for example, by the Canadian International Development Agency) or by other sources in Canada. See the guide on this questionnaire for a detailed description of the types of services covered. Please use the geographical coding list to identify the country.

Total Revenues Earned

Please report the value of services sold to customers abroad (revenues earned) for the 3 month period. Report the revenues net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars. Attach a separate page, if necessary, to report receipts from many countries.

Total Expenses Incurred

Please report the value of services purchased from suppliers abroad (expenses) for the 3 month period. Report the expenses net of withholding tax, in thousands of Canadian dollars. Attach a separate page, if necessary, to report payments to many countries. Related foreign companies are non-residents including parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, or other related companies or individuals. A parent company is a company which owns a majority of the voting shares of the reporting entity. A subsidiary is a company in which the reporting entity owns a majority of the voting shares. An affiliate is a company in which the reporting company owns between 10% and 50% of the voting shares. An other related company includes companies that have the same parent as the reporting entity but in which the reporting entity has no or minimal direct investment interest.

Definitions of Services Categories

Royalties covers charges related to exclusive resource rights, rights to produce and sell commodities with one or more unique features, the use of an original literary, artistic, dramatic, or musical work and of any distinctive commercial mark secured by legal registration.

Franchises and Similar Rights covers contractual privileges, granted by an individual or corporation to another, permitting the sale of a product, use of a trade name or provision of a service within a specified territory and/or in a specified manner.

Computer Services covers advisory services, use of computer facilities, purchase and development of software, systems design, installation, testing, debugging and ongoing maintenance, documentation charges and training.

Management and Administrative Services covers charges for managerial and administrative services rendered by an individual or corporation.

Research and Development covers charges related to systematic investigations by means of experiment or analysis to achieve a scientific or commercial advance for/or through the creation of new or significantly improved products or processes.

Consulting and Professional Services covers consulting and other professional services in such areas as engineering, architecture, law, accounting, marketing, planning, taxation, finance, drilling, and development of natural and human resources.

Insurance Premiums and Claims (Settled) covers (a) insurance and/or re-insurance premium income received directly by the respondent from non-resident individuals and/or corporations, and premiums paid directly to non-resident insurers for all types of risks, (b) claims paid to the respondent by non-resident insurers and claims paid by the respondent to non- resident individuals and/or corporations, pursuant to any insurance contract entered into directly between the parties concerned.

Commissions covers financing commissions, commissions earned by wholesale merchants, agents, brokers and manufacturer's sales branches and other types of commercial commissions. Fees and commissions on stock issues, new or outstanding, are to be excluded.

Advertising and Sales Promotion covers advertising in newspapers, journals, radio, television and other media, participation in trade fairs and cost of sales promotions.

Equipment Rentals covers rentals of machinery, drilling rigs and supply vessels, tools, vehicles, aircraft, computers and similar equipment. Excludes financial leases.

BP-22: Investment in Canada by Non-Canadian Corporations (annual)

BP-22A: Investment in Canada by Non-Canadian Corporations (quarterly)

Cover Page

Indicate the principal type of activity of the company by writing the corresponding number in the box provided. Specify the period end to which this report relates. Indicate the date of incorporation of the company.

Transactions With Non-Residents Affecting Investment in Canada by Non-Canadian Corporations

Section 1

Increase in investment

1. Increase through provision of cash, etc. relates to increases only in investment from the foreign head office. Decreases should not be shown in brackets but should be reported in item 5. Please specify the country code.

2. Profits recorded in head office control account relates only to the portion of the current year's profit that has not been remitted to the foreign head office. The portion of the profit that has been remitted is to be shown in item 27. Please indicate the appropriate country code in both cases. Losses recorded in the head office control account should be shown as a bracketed number in item 6.

3. Borrowings from other non-residents should be split between foreign banks and other foreign borrowing. The outstanding balance of the loans should not be shown but rather the total increases during the year. Total decreases should be reported in item 7 and not netted against the increases.

4. Other increases in investments should be described in order to reduce further queries.

Section 2

Decrease in investment

5. Reduction of investment by head office relates only to decreases only in investment. Increases in investments should be shown in item 1. Please specify the country code.

6. Losses charged to the head office control account relates only to the current year's losses only. Profits recorded in the head office control account should be reported in item 2.

7. Repayment of borrowings from other non-residents should be split between foreign banks and other borrowing. The outstanding balance of the loans should not be shown but rather the total decreases. Total increases should be reported in item 3 and not netted against the decreases.

8. Other decreases in investment should be described in order to reduce further queries.

Section 3

Balance Sheet of Canadian Branch or Division

9. to 22. Report the values from the financial statements of the Canadian branch or division for the current and the prior period ends in thousands of Canadian dollars. Ensure that the country code is reported in items 10(ii), 19, 20, and 21.

Section 4

Selected Income Account Transactions with Non-Residents

23. to 27. Report the net amount and the tax withheld. Applicable country codes should be reported. The cCurrent year's profits in item 27 should include only those remitted to head office. The cCurrent year's profits reported in the head office control account should be reported in section 1 line 2.

Section 5

Investment in Limited Partnerships and Joint Ventures in Canada

This section is to be completed by companies engaged in the mining, and petroleum and natural gas industries in Canada.

1. Report the amounts invested by non-resident limited partners in limited partnerships in which the reporting entity is the general partner. This question is intended to cover capital to be invested in Canada through limited partnerships by residents of other countries such as individuals, partnerships, corporations, estates, investment funds, pension funds, etc. Outflows of capital, representing a disinvestment or a return of capital, to non-residents should also be reported. A net outflow from Canada should be reported in brackets.

2. Report the amounts invested by non-residents in joint ventures in which the reporting entity is the operator. These joint venture investments in mining, petroleum, etc. in Canada could be by such non-resident entities as corporations, individuals, estates and trusts, and investment funds. Outflows of capital, representing a disinvestment or a return of capital, to joint venture partners in other countries should also be included. A net outflow from Canada should be reported in brackets.

1.3. This item covers remittances to non-residents from investments in joint ventures and limited partnerships in which the reporting entity is respectively, the operator or general partner. These remittances represent production and revenue payments to non-residents of Canada or the return on their investments in joint ventures and limited partnership

BP-52: Geographical Distribution of Capital

Date of incorporation
Please report the month and the year.

Corporate Charter
Please enter the number, which corresponds, to the reporting entity in the box provided.

Period end to which the report relates
Please report as at the calendar year ended December 31. If the calendar year-end is not practicable, please use your annual fiscal period-end closest to December 31.

Canadian address
Please provide the complete Canadian address.

Principal type of activity
Please enter the number, which corresponds to the principal activity of the reporting entity in the box provided.

Ownership of Canadian shares or debt
Please check the box provided if the reporting entity has ownership in shares or debt securities of any Canadian companyies. Respondents who check this box should also be completing a BP-53 (Structure of Canadian Ccompanies in the Rreporting Eenterprise), which indicates the companies that are or are not fully consolidated on the other Balance of Payments Division questionnaires.

Capital invested abroad
Please check the box provided if the reporting entity has capital invested abroad and complete item 11 on the back page of this report. Respondents who check this box should also be completing a BP-59 (Capital invested abroad by Canadian enterprises).

Consolidation of Canadian Subsidiaries

Canadian consolidation of long-term debt

The long-term debt in sections 1, 2, and 3 should be completed on a Canadian consolidation basis, including the long-term liabilities of the reporting entity and its fully consolidated Canadian subsidiaries.

The long-term debt of foreign subsidiaries and associates should be excluded.

Type of long-term liability

Most companies, which have previously reported long-term debt, will receive a pre-printed document indicating the particulars of the debt as well as the previous year-end balances. Please uUpdates to the pre-print should include by providing the current year's outstanding balances as well as any other corrections.

New issues or issues omitted by mistake from previous reports questionnaires should be included on the BP-52.

Debt

Identify each issue of debt separately. Indicate if the issue has serial retirements or sinking fund provisions.

Issue Date

Report the day, the month (i.e. January = 01, December = 12) and the year of the issue.

Interest Rate

Report the interest rate of the issue in the following manner:

13% as is 13.00
12 3/8% as is 12.375
11 1/4% as is 11.25

If it is a fluctuating interest rate, report the interest rate in the following manner:

LIBOR + ½% as LIBOR + 0.5 (1/2)
Prime + 1 ¼% as Prime + 1.25(1 1/4)
3/8% over Bank as Bank rate + 0.375 (3/8)

Please report any other unusual feature with respect to the interest rate of the issue, e.g. i.e. an issue where the initial interest rate changes to another predetermined rate after five years.

Maturity Date

Report the day, the month and the year of maturity of the issue.

Currency of Payment

Report the currency of issue of the debt and the exchange rate used to convert a foreign currency issue to Canadian dollars using the country-coding list to identify the currency. Even if the currency of issue has been swapped into another currency, continue to report the original currency of issue.

Check currency/interest rate swaps

Enter a check mark if the currency and/or interest rate of issue has been swapped. as to currency and/or interest rate.
Amounts outstanding

Report the amounts outstanding in thousands of Canadian dollars at the current year-end and at the previous year-end and at the current year-end; the amounts should be reported net of serial retirements and /or sinking funds.
Ensure that these columns are reported correctly as differences in the amounts outstanding (excluding exchange rate fluctuations) will be used to verify and to compile draw downs and retirements of the issue. Include amounts due within one year that may have been reclassified from long-term debt to short-term accounts.

Geographical distribution of amounts outstanding

Report the amounts of the debt that are held by investors in Canada and investors in other countries.

Identify also whether the debt is held by direct investors or by other investors. Direct investors are defined as being corporations or individuals who hold 10% or greater of the voting shares or corporations or individuals who have significant influence in the decisions affecting the operations of the company. Other investors are considered to be portfolio investors; they exert no influence on the management decisions of the company.

The information on the geographical ownership of the debt is critical for the balance of payments. Use the country-coding list to identify the country for amounts held by investors in foreign countries. It may be necessary to obtain the country of ownership information from the trustee of the debt issue.

1. Bank Loans

For bank loans that have been included on the pre-print, please provide the current year's balance and make any necessary corrections to the pre-printed information. Please report each new bank loan separately and provide as much detail as possible in order to avoid further queries. For syndicated bank loans, please report all of the countries involved in the syndicate and not just the countries of the lead banks. This information should be available from the loan documents.

2. Bonds

For bond data that have been included on a the pre-printed form, please provide the current year's balance and make any necessary corrections to the pre-printed information.

This item should include bonds, debentures, funded debt, notes payable, and similar types of long-term debt where each issue has an issue date, maturity date, and a fixed or fluctuating interest rate.

Please report each bond issue separately and provide as much detail as possible in order to avoid further queries.

3. Other long-term liabilities

For long-term debt data that have been included on a the pre- printed form, please provide the current year's balance and make any necessary corrections to the pre-printed information.

This item should include long-term inter-company debt, long-term loans from non-related companies, mortgage loans and capital leases. Report each long-term debt item separately and provide as much detail as possible in order to avoid further queries.

4. Value of minority interest

Please ensure that the geographical distribution is provided as well as the current and prior years' amounts of minority interest in fully consolidated Canadian companies.

5. Share capital-Ppreferred

Please identify each class of preferred share s separately.

Report the prior and current year's' value in thousands of dollars. Report also the number of shares outstanding for the prior and current year.

It is important to distinguish between direct investors and other investors.

Note: The total number of shares held by direct investors, for every country code specified, should agree with to the total reported for that country code on page 4.

6. Share capital-Common

Please identify each class of common shares separately. Report the prior and current year's' value in thousands of dollars. Report also the number of shares outstanding for the prior and current year.

It is important to distinguish between direct investors and other investors.

Note: The total number of shares held by direct investors, for every country code specified, should agree to the total reported for that country code on page 4.

Example

If there are 400 common shares outstanding which are all held by the parent company in GBR, the entry in item number 6 under held by direct investors would be 400. On page 4 the entry under item number 9 (residents of foreign countries) would be the name of the parent company, country code GBR, class of shares held common and number of shares held 400.

7. Statement of contributed surplus

Report the opening balance, any changes that may have affected the account during the reporting period, and the closing balance. Please report all of the changes (not just the net change) and give details of the additions and deletions.
Report appraisal credits, cumulative currency translation adjustment, and other equity changes as separate amounts under this item.

8. Statement of retained earnings

Please report the statement of retained earnings for the fiscal year on a world consolidation basis. Report the net profit before taxes and indicate the applicable taxes in the line below. If dividends have been declared and there is some non-resident ownership in the company, there should be an amount reported in line 35 of the BP-21 (if applicable). Report all additions/deletions (not the net amount).

9. Residents of foreign countries

Please specify all non-resident direct investors. Direct investors are defined as being corporations or individuals who hold 10% or greater of the voting shares or corporations or individuals who have significant influence in the decisions affecting the operations of the company. Specify also the principal investors with holdings of long-term obligations amounting to $5 million or more.
Specify the individual or company name, the country code, the class of shares held, the number of shares held, and the amount of any long-term obligations held by the investor such as debentures or notes. The total number of shares held by non-residents should agree with to the total amount reported under held by direct investors in items 5 and 6 reported on page 3.

10. Residents of Canada

Please specify all direct investors who are residents of Canada. Direct investors are defined as being individuals or corporations who hold 10% or greater of the voting shares or corporations or individuals who have significant influence in the decisions affecting the operations of the company. Specify the individual or company name, the class of shares held, the number of shares held, and the amount of any long-term obligations held by the investor such as debentures or notes. The total number of shares held by Canadian residents should agree with the total amount reported under held by direct investors in items 5 and 6 reported on page 3.

11. Memorandum Item: Long-term assets abroad

Respondents completing this item should also be completing a BP-59 (Capital invested abroad by Canadian enterprises.
Please report the investments in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, and branches in other countries as shown in the books of the reporting entity (carrying value). Cost of shares includes investments in preferred shares, common shares, and contributed capital.

Accumulated earnings should includes the accumulated earnings of all foreign subsidiaries. Long-term loans and advances is to include only long-term inter-company amounts.

BP-53: Structure of Canadian Companies in the Reporting Enterprise

Cover Page

Please specify, at the bottom of the page, the period end to which the report relates. Check also, in the box provided, if the reporting entity or any of its Canadian subsidiaries has capital invested abroad; in which case, the reporting entity should also be completing a BP-59 (Capital invested abroad by Canadian enterprises).

Please provide the complete Canadian address.

For companies, which have reported information on the BP-53 in a previous year, that information will be pre-printed on the current year's form. These companies are asked to update the information. Companies new to the BP-53 survey are to provide the information for the current year.

Part 1. Canadian subsidiaries in other Balance of Payments Schedules

Please indicate those subsidiary companies, which have been fully, consolidated in other Balance of Payments schedules such as the BP-21, BP-21S, BP-52 or BP-59. Specify the enterprise level, the name of the subsidiary and the percentage of common and preferred stock held. Specify also the industry code as defined on (page 1) of this form under principal industry.

Part 2. Canadian Subsidiaries and Associates in other Balance of Payment Schedules Please indicate the enterprise level, the name of the subsidiary or affiliate, the percentage of common and/or preferred stock held, and the total value of the investment held by the reporting entity for those Canadian companies which are not fully consolidated in other Balance of Payments schedules, such as the BP-21, BP-21S, BP-52, or BP-59. The value of the equity should be the carrying value as reflected in the books of the reporting company and the value of other securities and advances should apply to long-term investments only.

BP-59: Capital Invested Abroad by Canadian Enterprises

BP-59S: Capital Invested in Secondary Foreign Companies by Canadian Enterprises Supplementary Schedule of Capital Invested Abroad by Canadian Enterprises

Cover Page

0. Period end
Please specify the period end to which this report relates.

Canadian subsidiaries not consolidated on this report

Please list the names and addresses of all the Canadian subsidiaries or effectively controlled companies with investments abroad that have not been consolidated in this report.

Section A

Direct investment abroadincludes investment by the Canadian reporting entity in 1) foreign subsidiaries, 2a) foreign associates, 2b) joint ventures, 3) foreign branches and 4) non-capitalized expenditures abroad for mining and oil exploration and miscellaneous investments.

Except for column 14, all columns in Section A are to be reported at values shown in the financial statements of the foreign companies or operations (with columns 1 to 9 converted to Canadian dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the end of their fiscal period. Columns 10 to13 should be converted at the average exchange rate for the fiscal period). Column 14, carrying value, reflects the value of investment in foreign subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures in the financial statements of the reporting entity.

Extra-National Companies (E.N.C.'s)

These companies are incorporated in Canada with assets (except securities and cash) and business operations located entirely outside Canada. E.N.C.'s should be included with foreign subsidiaries and associates in section A, Direct investment.
For each entity please specify the name and indicate the applicable country code. Also required are the principal industrial activity (use codes on page 5), the average number of employees (if zero please indicate), and the exchange rate used to convert the data as all data reported on this form should be in Canadian dollars.

Type 1. Foreign subsidiaries

A foreign subsidiary is a company incorporated abroad in which the reporting entity owns a majority (more than 50%) of the voting shares carrying the right to elect a majority of the Board of Directors.

Type2a. Foreign associates

A foreign associate is a company incorporated abroad in which the reporting entity holds 10% to 50% of the voting shares. Or is controlled by substantially the same shareholders.

Type 2b. Joint ventures

Joint ventures are investments undertaken with other parties (residents or non-residents). Report your participation in any foreign joint ventures.

Please specify indicate the name of each entity subsidiary held and indicate the applicable country code.

Columns 1 to 4

Common stock, preferred stock, retained earnings and capital surplus should include only that portion of each item held by the Canadian reporting company and/or its Canadian subsidiaries.

Column 5

Net long-term intercompany debt should only include the debt of the foreign subsidiaries and associates held by the reporting entity such as bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, accumulated advances and all other forms of indebtedness likely to remain outstanding for one year or more. Net advances from foreign subsidiaries and associates to the reporting entity should be shown as negative values (in brackets).

Column 6

Book value of long-term investment should equal the total of columns 1 to 5 and represent that portion of the total value of the long-term investment owned by the Canadian reporting entity.

Column 7

Net short-term intercompany debt represents that the liabilities of the foreign companies held by the reporting entity intended to remain outstanding less than one year. This amount should reflect the short-term assets and liabilities with foreign subsidiaries and associates reported on page 3 of the BP-21 (if applicable). Net advances from foreign subsidiaries and associates to the reporting entity should be shown as negative numbers (in brackets).

Column 8

Total long-term liabilities and equity represents the total of all the long-term debt and equity of the foreign subsidiaries and associates owed to or held by all creditors and shareholders, including the reporting entity. Inter-company accounts between foreign subsidiaries and associates should be eliminated to prevent double counting.

Column 9

Total assets represent the asset total contained on the financial statements of the foreign entities. The amount should reflect the total assets contained on the balance sheet even though the foreign entity may not be wholly owned by the reporting entity. Carrying value of the long-term investment represents the value of the investment in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates as shown in the financial statements of the reporting entity. Amounts reported here should also be reflected in item 11 on the BP-52 (if applicable).

Column 10

Net income represents net income after income taxes. Extraordinary gains and losses should be excluded. The amount should reflect the total net income appearing in the income statement of the foreign company converted to Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the period. If the foreign entity is not 100% owned do not report the share of net income based upon the ownership of equity by the reporting entity. A net loss should be reported in brackets.

Column 11

Dividends represents the total dividends declared by the foreign subsidiaries and associates.

Columns 12 and 13

Sales or Gross Operating Revenue

Report sales of goods and services (net of returns and allowances, sales and excise taxes) or gross operating revenue as recorded on the Income Statement of the foreign entities. Excludes investment income, realized and unrealized capital gains and losses.

The sales total should then be distributed between revenue generated from sales of Goods and from sales of Services. If these figures are not readily available provide your best estimates of the percentages from goods and services. The list of Principal Industry on page 5 should provide a guide to distinguish goods and services. For example: A firm, which manufactures computers and also provides computer services may report Goods 80% and Services 20%.

Special Note : This refers to total services (1) sold by the foreign concerns to any related Canadian resident company such as a parent, branch, subsidiary, or affiliate.

Column 13

This refers to total services (1) sold to all other Canadian residents (non-affiliated).

Banks

Gross operating revenue includes Gross Interest Receipts plus other operating revenue such as fees, commissions and other items of a similar nature as recorded on the Income Statement of the foreign entities.
Excludes investment income, unrealized capital gains and losses.

Insurance Companies

Sales of services include premium income, annuity considerations and income from other items of a similar nature as recorded on the Income Statement of the foreign entities. Excludes investment income, unrealized capital gains and losses.

Holding Companies

Total Income as recorded on the Income Statement of the foreign entities. To be considered a holding company, a company's equity in the net income of affiliates that it holds must constitute a majority of its total income and "in general" it must have a sizeable portion (usually at least 50%) of its total assets invested in the affiliates that it holds.

Column 14

Carrying value of the long-term investment represents the value of the investment in foreign subsidiaries and associates as shown in the balance sheet of the reporting entity. Amounts reported here should also be reflected in item 11 on the BP-52 (if applicable). This refers to total services (1) sold to all others, i.e. residents of countries other than Canada, whether affiliated or not.

Type (1) Include operating revenues from the sale of services by foreign subsidiaries and affiliates. Services embrace such activities as royalties, rights, computer services, management or administrative fees, research and development, consulting/professional services, insurance premiums and claims, other financial services, commissions, advertising, equipment rentals (except financial leases), etc. Excluded are real estate rentals or sales, freight and shipping transactions, interest, dividends, public subsidies, and all sales of physical goods.

3. Foreign branches and miscellaneous investments

Column 6

Net Assets - Net assets comprise total assets outside Canada less total liabilities to residents of foreign countries.

Column 9

See above.

Column 12 and 13

See above.

Type 4. Non-capitalized expenditures or miscellaneous investments

Miscellaneous investments include agencies, warehouses, mining claims, real estate, seats of foreign stock exchanges etc.

Column 6

Please give a description of the expenditures which occurred during the period.

BP-59/59S: Foreign Subsidiary Activity Schedule

This schedule collects additional information on foreign subsidiaries from selected Canadian companies.

Information required should be taken from the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries for BP59 or secondary foreign subsidiaries for BP59S. The identity number of the foreign subsidiary on the schedule should agree with that on BP59(S). Income statement items are to be converted to Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the reporting period. For balance sheet items, use the exchange rate at the close of the reporting period.

Sales or Gross Operating Revenue

Total Sales

Total sales reported should agree with Column 12 of BP59(S).

Sales Activity by Industry

Report the major sales activity of the subsidiary by industry codes listed on Page 5 of BP59(S).

Largest Sales

All sales under the same industry code should be summed up. Report the largest sales (amount) in Column (1) and its industry code in the appropriate column.

Second Largest Sales

The industry code for the second largest sales should be different from the one used for the largest sales. Report the code and the amount in Column (2).

All Other Sales

Report the amount of sales other than the largest and second largest sales in Column (3). Columns (1) + (2) + (3) should account for total sales defined above.

Geographical Destination of Sales

Report the sales by geographical destination in amount and in percentage of goods and services.

Local Sales

Report the amount of sales within the country of the foreign subsidiary in Column (4) and the percentages of the sales in goods and services. Where no exact breakdown of goods and services is available, a best estimate will be accepted.

Sales to Canada

Report the amount of sales to the Canadian parent and all companies in Canada who are related to the same parent in Column (5a).

Report the amount of sales to all companies in Canada who are NOT related to the parent in Column (5b).

Columns (5a) + (5b) should add up to Column (5) which is to be broken down in percentages of goods and services sold. A best estimate is acceptable in lieu of an exact breakdown.

Sales to Other Countries

Report the amount of sales to countries other than Canada and the resident country of the foreign subsidiary in Column (6) and the percentages of the sales in goods and services.

Wages, Salaries and Employer Portion of Employee Benefits

See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Depreciation/Depletion

See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Other Operating Expenses

See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Operating Profit(loss)

See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Opening Inventory

Report the inventory level at the end of the previous reporting year. See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Closing Inventory

Report the inventory level at the end of the reporting year. See Definitions on page 2 of the schedule for reference.

Appendix A - Country Coding List

In reporting the geographical distribution of foreign countries, and currency of payments, please use the codes provided below:
Note: For Euro currency please code "EUR"

Appendix A - Country Coding List
Code Country Code Country
AFG Afghanistan CUB Cuba
ALB Albania CYP Cyprus
DZA Algeria CZE Czech Republic
AND Andorra DNK Denmark
AGO Angola DJI Djibouti
ATG Antigua and Barbuda DMA Dominica
ARG Argentina DOM Dominican,
ARM Armenia ECU Ecuador
ABW Aruba EGY Egypt
AUS Australia SLV El Salvador
AUT Austria GNQ Equatorial Guinea
AZE Azerbaijan ERI Eritrea
BHS Bahamas EST Estonia
BHR Bahrain ETH Ethiopia
BGD Bangladesh FLK Falkland Islands (Malvinas)
BRB Barbados FJI Fiji
BLR Belarus FIN Finland
BEL Belgium FRA France
BLZ Belize GUF French Guiana
BEN Benin PYF French Polynesia
BMU Bermuda GAB Gabon
BTN Bhutan GMB Gambia
BOL Bolivia GEO Georgia
BIH Bosnia and Herzegovina DEU Germany
BWA Botswana GHA Ghana
BRA Brazil GIB Gibraltar
IOT British Indian Ocean Territory GRC Greece
VGB British Virgin Islands GRD Grenada
BRN Brunei Darussalam GLP Guadeloupe
BGR Bulgaria GTM Guatemala
BFA Burkina Faso GIN Guinea
BDI Burundi GNB Guinea-Bissau
KHM Cambodia GUY Guyana
CMR Cameroon HTI Haiti
CAN Canada HND Honduras
CPV Cape Verde HKG Hong Kong
CYM Cayman Islands HUN Hungary
CAF Central African Republic ISL Iceland
TCD Chad IND India
CHL Chile IDN Indonesia
CHN China IRN Iran
COL Colombia IRQ Iraq
COD Congo, Democratic Republic IRL Ireland
COG Congo ISR Israel
CRI Costa Rica ITA Italy
HRV Croatia CIV Ivory Coast
JAM Jamaica PRY Paraguay
JPN Japan PER Peru
JOR Jordan PHL Philippines
KAZ Kazakhstan POL Poland
KEN Kenya PRT Portugal
KIR Kiribati PRI Puerto Rico
PRK Korea, North QAT Qatar
KOR Korea, South ROU Romania
KWT Kuwait RUS Russian Federation
KGZ Kyrgyzstan RWA Rwanda
LAO Laos LCA Saint Lucia
LVA Latvia WSM Samoa
LBN Lebanon SAU Saudia Arabia
LSO Lesotho SEN Senegal
LBR Liberia SCG Serbia and Montenegro
LBY Libya SYC Seychelles
LIE Liechtenstein SLE Sierra Leone
LTU Lithuania SGP Singapore
LUX Luxembourg SVK Slovakia
MAC Macao SVN Slovenia
MKD Macedonia SOM Somalia
MDG Madagascar ZAF South Africa
MWI Malawi ESP Spain
MYS Malaysia LKA Sri Lanka
MDV Maldives SPM Saint Pierre and Miquelon
MLI Mali SDN Sudan
MLT Malta SUR Suriname
MRT Mauritania SWZ Swaziland
MUS Mauritius SWE Sweden
MEX Mexico CHE Switzerland
MDA Moldova, Republic of SYR Syria
MCO Monaco TWN Taiwan
MNG Mongolia TJK Tajikistan
MAR Morocco TZA Tanzania, United Republic of
MOZ Mozambique THA Thailand
MMR Myanmar TGO Togo
NAM Namibia TTO Trinidad and Tobago
NPL Nepal TUN Tunisia
NLD Netherlands TUR Turkey
ANT Netherlands Antilles TKM Turkmenistan
NZL New Zealand UGA Uganda
NIC Nicaragua UKR Ukraine
NER Niger ARE United Arab Emirates
NGA Nigeria GBR United Kingdom
NOR Norway USA United States
OMN Oman URY Uruguay
PAK Pakistan VIR US Virgin Islands
PAN Panama UZB Uzbekistan
PNG Papua New Guinea VAT Vatican City State
VEN Venezuela ZMB Zambia
VNM Viet Nam ZWE Zimbabwe
ESH Western Sahara    

Balance of Payments Division

For Balance of Payments (BP) questionnaires
In reporting the geographical distribution of foreign countries and currency of payment, please use the codes provided below:

Note: for Euro currency please code "EUR"

Euro currency code
Code Country Code Country Code Country
AFG Afghanistan GAB Gabon NPL Nepal
ALB Albania GMB Gambia NLD Netherlands
DZA Algeria GEO Georgia ANT Netherlands Antilles
AND Andorra DEU Germany NCL New Caledonia
AGO Angola GHA Ghana NZL New Zealand
AIA Anguilla GIB Gibraltar NIC Nicaragua
ATG Antigua and Barbuda GRC Greece NER Niger
ARG Argentina GRL Greenland NGA Nigeria
ARM Armenia GRD Grenada NOR Norway
ABW Aruba GLP Guadeloupe OMN Oman
AUS Australia GTM Guatemala PAK Pakistan
AUT Austria GIN Guinea PAN Panama
AZE Azerbaijan GNB Guinea-Bissau PNG Papua New Guinea
BHS Bahamas GUY Guyana PRY Paraguay
BHR Bahrain HTI Haiti PER Peru
BGD Bangladesh HND Honduras PHL Philippines
BRB Barbados HKG Hong Kong POL Poland
BLR Belarus HUN Hungary PRT Portugal
BEL Belgium ISL Iceland PRI Puerto Rico
BLZ Belize IND India QAT Qatar
BEN Benin IDN Indonesia ROU Romania
BMU Bermuda INT International Organizations RUS Russian Federation
BTN Bhutan IOM Isle of Man RWA Rwanda
BOL Bolivia IRN Iran LCA Saint Lucia
BIH Bosnia and Herzegovina IRQ Iraq SPM Saint Pierre and Miquelon
BWA Botswana IRL Ireland WSM Samoa
BRA Brazil ISR Israel SAU Saudi Arabia
IOT British Indian Ocean Territory ITA Italy SEN Senegal
VGB British Virgin Islands CIV Ivory Coast SRB Serbia
BRN Brunei Darussalam JAM Jamaica SYC Seychelles
BGR Bulgaria JPN Japan SLE Sierra Leone
BFA Burkina Faso JOR Jordan SGP Singapore
BDI Burundi KAZ Kazakhstan SVK Slovakia
KHM Cambodia KEN Kenya SVN Slovenia
CMR Cameroon KIR Kiribati SOM Somalia
CAN Canada PRK Korea, Democratic People's Republic of ZAF South Africa
CPV Cape Verde     ESP Spain
CYM Cayman Islands KOR Korea, Republic of LKA Sri Lanka
CAF Central African Republic KWT Kuwait SDN Sudan
TCD Chad KGZ Kyrgyzstan SUR Suriname
CHI Channel Islands LAO Lao, People's Democratic Republic SWZ Swaziland
CHL Chile     SWE Sweden
CHN China LVA Latvia CHE Switzerland
COL Colombia LBN Lebanon SYR Syrian Arab Republic
COM Comoros LSO Lesotho TWN Taiwan
COG Congo LBR Liberia TJK Tajikistan
COD Congo, Democratic Republic LBY Libyan Arab Jamahiriya TZA Tanzania, United Republic of
CRI Costa Rica LIE Liechtenstein THA Thailand
HRV Croatia LTU Lithuania TLS Timor-Leste
CUB Cuba LUX Luxembourg TGO Togo
CYP Cyprus MAC Macao TTO Trinidad and Tobago
CZE Czech Republic MKD Macedonia (FYROM) TUN Tunisia
DNK Denmark MDG Madagascar TUR Turkey
DJI Djibouti MWI Malawi TKM Turkmenistan
DMA Dominica MYS Malaysia UGA Uganda
DOM Dominican, Republic MDV Maldives UKR Ukraine
ECU Ecuador MLI Mali ARE United Arab Emirates
EGY Egypt MLT Malta GBR United Kingdom
SLV El Salvador MHL Marshall Islands USA United States
GNQ Equatorial Guinea MRT Mauritania URY Uruguay
ERI Eritrea MUS Mauritius VIR US Virgin Islands
EST Estonia MEX Mexico UZB Uzbekistan
ETH Ethiopia MDA Moldova, Republic of VAT Vatican City State
FAI Faeroe Islands MCO Monaco VEN Venezuela
FLK Falkland Islands (Malvinas) MNG Mongolia VNM Viet Nam
FJI Fiji MNE Montenegro WFL Wallis and Futuna Islands
FIN Finland MAR Morocco ESH Western Sahara
FRA France MOZ Mozambique YEM Yemen
GUF French Guiana MMR Myanmar ZMB Zambia
PYF French Polynesia NAM Namibia ZWE Zimbabwe

Canadian Branches of Foreign Life Insurance Companies and Canadian Branches of Foreign Property and Casualty Insurance Companies

Canadian Branches of Foreign Life Insurance Companies

Transactions between Canadian branches of foreign insurance companies in Canada and head or other offices, companies or persons outside Canada

Purpose:

The data are required to prepare statements on Canada's Balance of International Payments and Investment Position.

The Balance of International Payments records transactions (flows) between Canada and the rest of the world. The International Investment Position reports on the various types of international claims and liabilities of Canadian residents. The main international flows of Canadian branches of foreign life insurance companies arise from reinsurance transactions with non-residents and transactions with their foreign head offices.

This return is sent to individual insurance branches in Canada. If the branch is a member of a group in Canada, branches may elect to file a single return for the entire Canadian insurance group. In such a case, a specific notation to this effect should be made on the first page of the return.

The balance sheet of the Canadian branch should be completed on the same accounting basis as that required by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). Information is for the year ended
December 31 as reported to OSFI.

There are three principal parts to the return as follows:

Part 1: Reinsurance Business

  • (A) Reinsurance ceded to unregistered non-resident insurers
  • (B) Reinsurance assumed from unregistered non-resident insurers - Out of Canada Business

Part 2: Direct business transacted with non-residents - Out of Canada Business

Part 3: Other international transactions

Part 1 - Reinsurance Business

Part 1(A): Reinsurance ceded to unregistered non-resident insurers

Canadian branches of foreign life companies are asked to report transactions with non-residents in respect of their reinsurance business with unregistered foreign companies. An unregistered foreign company is an insurance company, or reinsurance company, incorporated or registered outside of Canada but not registered to transact business in Canada. Reinsurance ceded to other foreign insurers registered in Canada (ie. Canadian branches of foreign insurance companies) is considered to be between residents and is not to be reported on this return.

The information included in this exhibit is similar, but not identical, to the information requested by the federal
insurance regulator (OSFI-55) in respect of reinsurance ceded to unregistered companies. The principal differences are:

  1. This exhibit does not include balances in respect of unregistered Canadian incorporated companies.
  2. A column for commissions earned has been added.
  3. This exhibit is to be completed on the basis of foreign country rather than on company.
  4. No distinction is required in this exhibit as to reinsurance transactions with "approved" or"not approved" unregistered foreign companies.

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31 as reported to OSFI. With the exception of settlement annuities, all annuity and insurance (life, accident and sickness)
premiums and related accounts are to be included in Part 1(A). Settlement annuities are to be included in Part 3, Other International Transactions, "Other revenue and expenses...".

Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, actuarial liabilities, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year.

Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes. Actuarial liabilities of assuming insurers as reported in columns 6 and 7 should include amounts for life insurance, annuity, and accident and sickness businesses.

Part 1(B): Reinsurance assumed from unregistered non-resident insurers - Out of Canada Business

Canadian branches that assume out of Canada reinsurance business are required to complete this exhibit. Include business transacted with foreign head offices or with foreign affiliates. If any out of Canada business assumed is in turn ceded to unregistered foreign insurers, the insurance ceded should be included in Part 1(A).

Reinsurance assumed requested in this exhibit can be cross-referenced for premiums written and policyholder benefits paid and incurred, with the information requested by the federal insurance regulator (OSFI-55).

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31 as reported to OSFI. In column (01) report premiums as premiums written. With the exception of settlement annuities, all annuity and insurance premiums and related accounts are to be included in Part 1(B). Settlement annuities are to be included in Part 3, Other International Transactions, "Other revenue and expenses...".

Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, actuarial liabilities, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year.

Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes. Actuarial liabilities of assuming insurers as reported in columns 6 and 7 should include amounts for life insurance, annuity, and accident and sickness businesses.

Part 2 - Direct business transacted with non-residents - Out of Canada Business

Canadian branches that transact out of Canada business directly with non-residents are required to complete Part 2.

Direct business requested in this exhibit can be cross-referenced for premiums written and policyholder benefits paid and incurred, with the information requested by the federal insurance regulator (OSFI-55).

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31. In column
(01) report premiums as premiums written. With the exception of settlement annuities, all annuity and insurance premiums and related accounts are to be included in Part 2. Settlement annuities are to be included in Part 3, Other International Transactions, "Other revenue and expenses...".

Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, actuarial liabilities, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year.

Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes.

Part 3 - Other International Transactions

Investment in securities for all your branch's activities (ie. including segregated funds) should be reported in columns 1 and 2 if the transactions are conducted directly through foreign based investment dealers. Do not report security transactions conducted through Canadian based investment dealers as they are surveyed separately. The amounts should be reported on a gross basis. Thus, both the purchases and the sales or redemptions should be reported. Mortgages should be included with securities.

Other revenue and expenses should be reported on an accrued basis and coded according to type as specified in the box at the bottom of the exhibit. Include home office services done on your branch's behalf by a foreign head office. Other revenue and expenses reported in this section should not include any premiums, claims or commissions, or expense allowances directly related to premiums on insurance, reinsurance or annuity businesses, as this information is captured in Parts 1 and 2. Settlement annuities however should be reported under "Other revenue and expenses..." in Part 3.

Contact:

Specific inquiries about this guide and related statistics or services should be directed to:

Statistics Canada,
150 Tunney's Pasture Driveway
Ottawa, Ontario, K1A 0T6
Telephone toll free: 1-800-565-1685
Fax: 1-888-883-7999
Email: bop.surveys@statcan.gc.ca

Canadian branches of foreign property and casualty insurance companies

Transactions between Canadian branches of foreign insurance companies in Canada and head or other offices, companies or persons outside Canada

Purpose:

The data are required to prepare statements on Canada's Balance of International Payments and Investment Position.

The Balance of International Payments records transactions (flows) between Canada and the rest of the world. The International Investment Position reports on the various types of international claims and liabilities of Canadian residents. The main international flows of Canadian branches of foreign property and casualty insurance companies arise from reinsurance transactions with non-residents and transactions with their foreign head offices.

This return is sent to individual insurance branches in Canada. If the branch is a member of a group in Canada, branches may elect to file a single return for the entire Canadian insurance group. In such a case, a specific notation to this effect should be made on the first page of the return.

The balance sheet of the Canadian branch should be completed on the same accounting basis as that required by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). Information is for the year ended December 31 as reported to OSFI.

There are three principal parts to the return as follows:

Part 1: Reinsurance Business

  • (A) Reinsurance ceded to unregistered non-resident insurers
  • (B) Reinsurance assumed from unregistered non-resident insurers - Out of Canada Business

Part 2: Direct business transacted with non-residents - Out of Canada Business

Part 3: Other international transactions

Part 1 - Reinsurance Business

Part 1(A): Reinsurance ceded to unregistered non-resident insurers

Canadian branches of foreign property and casualty companies are asked to report transactions with non-residents in respect of their reinsurance business with unregistered foreign companies. An unregistered foreign company is an insurance company, or reinsurance company, incorporated or registered outside Canada but not registered to transact business in Canada. Reinsurance ceded to other foreign insurers registered in Canada ((i.e. Canadian branches of foreign insurance companies) is considered to be between residents and is not to be reported on this return.

The information included in this exhibit is similar, but not identical, to the information requested by the federal insurance regulator (P&C-2) in respect of reinsurance ceded to unregistered companies. The principal differences are:

  1. This exhibit does not include balances in respect of unregistered Canadian incorporated companies.
  2. A column for commissions earned has been added.
  3. This exhibit is to be completed on the basis of foreign country rather than on company.

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31 as reported to OSFI.

Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year. Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes.

Part 1(B): Reinsurance assumed from unregistered non-resident insurers

Canadian branches that assume out of Canada reinsurance business are required to complete this exhibit. Include business transacted with foreign head offices or with foreign affiliates. If any out of Canada business assumed is in turn ceded to unregistered foreign insurers, the insurance ceded should be included in Part 1(A).

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31 as reported to OSFI. Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year.

Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes.

Part 2 - Direct business transacted with non-residents - Out of Canada Business

Canadian incorporated or registered companies that transact out of Canada business directly with non-residents are required to complete Part 2.

The amounts for premiums, commissions and claims should be for the 12 months ended December 31 as reported to OSFI. Asset and liability accounts such as unearned premiums, outstanding claims, other receivables and payables should be as at January 1 and December 31 of the survey year.

Commissions should include any allowances for expenses and premium taxes.

Part 3 - Other International Transactions

Investment in securities for all your branch's activities should be reported in columns 1 and 2 if the transactions are conducted directly through foreign based investment dealers. Do not report security transactions conducted through Canadian based investment dealers as they are surveyed separately. The amounts should be reported on a gross basis. Thus, both the purchases and the sales or redemptions should be reported. Mortgages should be included with securities.

Other revenue and expenses should be reported on an accrued basis and coded according to type as specified in the box at the bottom of the form. Include home office services done on your branch's behalf by a foreign head office. Other revenue and expenses reported in this section should not include any premiums, claims or commissions, or expense allowances directly related to premiums on insurance and reinsurance business, as this information is captured in Parts 1 and 2.

Contact:

Specific inquiries about this guide and related statistics or services should be directed to:

Statistics Canada,
150 Tunney's Pasture Driveway
Ottawa, Ontario, K1A 0T6
Telephone toll free: 1-800-565-1685
Fax: 1-888-883-7999
Email: bop.surveys@statcan.gc.ca

Release Dates and Revision Schedule, Canadian International Merchandise Price Indexes, reference year 2011

Standard table symbols

Data Reference Month Release Date Price indexes
2011 2010
January 2011 March 10, 2011 X X
February 2011 April 12, 2011 X X
March 2011 May 11, 2011 X X
April 2011 June 9, 2011 X  
May 2011 July 12, 2011 X  
June 2011 August 11, 2011 X  
July 2011 September 8, 2011 X  
August 2011 October 13, 2011 X  
September 2011 November 10, 2011 X  
October 2011 December 9, 2011 X  
November 2011 January 13, 2012 X  
December 2011 February 10, 2012 X  

 

Release Dates and Revision Schedule, Canadian International Merchandise Balance of payments based data, reference year 2011

Standard table symbols

Data Reference Month Release Date Balance of payments data
2011 2010 2009/2008
January 2011 March 10, 2011 X X  
February 2011 April 12, 2011 X X  
March 2011 May 11, 2011 X X  
April 2011 June 9, 2011 X X X
May 2011 July 12, 2011 X    
June 2011 August 11, 2011 X    
July 2011 September 8, 2011 X    
August 2011 October 13, 2011 X    
September 2011 November 10, 2011 X    
October 2011 December 9, 2011 X    
November 2011 January 13, 2012 X    
December 2011 February 10, 2012 X    

Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) System Guide – 2010 Edition

Part I – CCR Data Dictionary

Introduction

  • Canadian Cancer Registry overview
  • CCR system guide document organization
  • Part I document organization – CCR Data Dictionary
  • Changes to the Data Dictionary for the 2009 and 2010 reference years
  • Statistics Canada contacts

0.1 Canadian Cancer Registry overview

The patient–oriented Canadian Cancer Registry ( CCR) evolved from the event–oriented National Cancer Incidence Reporting System (NCIRS). Beginning with cases diagnosed in 1992, incidence figures collected by Provincial and Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) have been reported to the CCR, which is maintained by Statistics Canada. Established as a person–oriented database, the CCR includes mechanisms for updating and clearing death records and is linked to provincial and territorial databases to help track patients across Canada who have been diagnosed with tumours.

0.2 CCR system guide document organization

The CCR System Guide has been separated into three parts to improve access and navigation. Although the three parts are separate, the three documents should be used in conjunction with each other. The different sections of the three–part CCR System Guide often refer to each other. The CCR System Guide is now composed of:

Part I: CCR Data Dictionary provides explanation on the reporting of data, including the scope and detailed information on the input and derived variables.

Part II: CCR Data Loading and Tabulation Master Files provides information on the data loading process, including in–depth descriptions of the various edits performed on the data. Part II also provides information on the Tabulation Master Files, including the scope, content and layout. Part II is followed by several appendices that contain supporting information such as explicit code set tables, guidelines to assist coders and other supportive information.

Part III: CCR Core Reference Tables provides detailed information on the CCR Core Reference Tables such as descriptions of the tables, their usage and any revisions made. Part III is an accompanying document to the "CCR Reference Tables 2010.xls".

0.3 Part I document organization: CCR Data Dictionary

Chapter 1 – Reporting data describes what data should be reported and how it should be reported to CCR. It also gives some examples of the most common operations for reporting data to CCR.

Chapter 2 – Data dictionary describes all data managed by the system including system–derived variables. For every datum, it also includes a list of related edits that describes the constraints on the datum and the relationship it has with other data.

Table
0.4 Changes to the CCR Data Dictionary for the 2009 and 2010 reference years

Section Item(s) Description of change Effective (reference year)
1.1 Table 1 reportable items New patient and tumour variables added: P20, P21, T58 – T87. 2010
1.2 Table 4 input patient record file layout New variables added: P20, P21 2010
1.2 Table 5 input tumour record file layout
  • New variables added T58 – T87
  • T24, T25, T28, T30 changed in length.
  • T31 and T52 changed name and acronym,
 2010
1.2.3 Table 6 Reporting Collaborative staging data T28 and T30 – Values of 99 or 999 2010
2.1 Table 10 List of input patient variables new patient variables added: P20, P21 2010
2.1 P20 – Date of birth flag,
and P21 – Date of death flag		 New variables added 2010
2.3 Table 12 List of Input tumour variables New variables added : T58 – T87,
T31 and T52 changed names and acronyms		 2010
2.3 T5 – Tumour record type New related edits:
TVAL58, TVAL59, TVAL60, TVAL61, TVAL62, TVAL63, TVAL64, TVAL65, TVAL66, TVAL67, TVAL68, TVAL69, TVAL70, TVAL71, TVAL72, TVAL73, TVAL74, TVAL75, TVAL76, TVAL77, TVAL78, TVAL79, TVAL80, TVAL81, TVAL82, TVAL83, TCOR36, and TCOR37		 2010
2.3 T12 – Date of diagnosis New related edits:
TVAL63, TVAL64, TCOR36, and TCOR37		 2010
2.3 T19 - Laterality Code 5 added for paired site with a midline tumour 2010
2.3 T24 – Method used to establish date of diagnosis
T25 – Diagnostic confirmation		 Code 10 added for Positive histology PLUS 2010
2.3 T28 – CS extension and
T30 - CS lymph nodes		 Length of CS Extension and CS Lymph nodes has changed from 2 to 3. 2010
2.3 T50 – AJCC TNM stage group For AJCC TNM stage group is unknown value changed to 99 in system guide (in error it was 9999) N/A
2.3 T42 – T51 – AJCC variables T42 – T51 ( AJCC variables 2003-2007) Variables no longer reported as of 2008. 2009
2.3 Input tumour variables – T52, T31, TD19 T52, T31 and TD19 renamed - CS version input original (was CS version 1st), CS lymph nodes eval (was CS reg node eval), TD19 CS version derived (was CS version latest) 2010
2.3 T58 – Date of diagnosis flag,
T59 – Date of conclusive diagnosis flag,
T60 – Date of multiple tumours flag		 New variables added 2010
2.3 T65 – T83 site specific factors 7 - 25 New variables added. 2010
2.3 T61 Grade path value,
T62 Grade path system		 New variables added 2010
2.3 T63 – Lymph-vacular invasion New variable added 2010
2.3 T64 – CS version input current New variable added 2010
2.3 T84 - CS Mets at Dx – Bone,
T85 – CS Mets at Dx – Brain, T86 – CS Mets at Dx – Liver, T87 – CS Mets at Dx - Lung		 New variable added 2010
Table
Changes to the CCR Data Dictionary for the 2007 and 2008 reference years
Section Item(s) Description of change Effective (reference year) 
0 Organization of document The document has been broken into 3 parts 2008
1.1.2.1 CCR Core Scope Additional codes to CCR core scope and CCR scope exceptions 2007
1.2 Table 5 Input tumour record file layout New variables added: T52 – T57 2008
1.2.2 CCR fundamentals Statements have been updated for clarity: no concept changes 2008
1.2.3.1 Reporting collaborative
staging data – typical cases		 T52 added to case examples for CCR collaborative staging scope 2007
1.2.4.1 TNM staging overview Recurrent tumour prefix 'r' not to be staged or submitted to the CCR 2007
2.1 P6 – Current Surname
P7 – First given name
P8 – Second given name
P9 – Third given name
P13 – Birth Surname		 Format: Acceptable characters have been specified 2007
2.1 P17 – Underlying cause of death Description now refers to PD7 – Death clearance underlying cause of death 2007
2.1 P18 – Autopsy confirming cause of death Description: Reference to an appendix has been added 2007
2.2 PD2 – Vital status The derived variable is now being written only at the Tabulation Master File process 2007
2.2 PD3 – Number of tumours Description: CCR has adopted SEER rules as of 2007 2007
2.2 PD4 – Death clearance cut–off date Description – Update to description 2007
2.2 PD7 – Death clearance underlying cause of death Acronym – Acronym has changed 2007
2.3 T5 – Tumour record type New related edits
TVAL53
TVAL54
TVAL55
TVAL56
TVAL57
TCOR26
TCOR27
TCOR29
TCOR30
TCOR31
TCOR32
TCOR33
TCOR34
TCOR35		 2008
2.3 T5 – Tumour record type New related edits
TVAL52
TCOR13		 2007
2.3 T6 – Name of place of residence Format: Acceptable characters have been specified  2007
2.3 T8 – Standard geographic code Eligible Standard Geographic Codes from 2006 to 2010 now available 2006
2.3 T9 – Census tract T9 will no longer be loaded onto the CCR. For cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards, the field should be left blank 2006
2.3 T12 – Date of Diagnosis New related edits
TCOR26
TCOR27		 2008
New references to appendices I and H New related edits
TVAL52
TCOR13		 2007
2.3 T19 – Laterality Change to specific values & meaning: Adoption of NAACCR (SEER) laterality codes. Previously loaded data on the CCR database has also been converted to the NAACCR (SEER) laterality code. 2007(AND conversion of previously loaded data 1992–2006) 2006
2.3 T23 – Grade, differentiation or cell indicator Revision: Application of new guidelines for reporting grade, differentiation, or cell indicator 2006
2.3 T24 – Method used to establish the date of diagnosis New related edit
TCOR13		 2006
2.3 T25 – Diagnostic confirmation New related edit
TCOR13		 2006
2.3 T27 – CS Tumour Size
T28 – CS Extension
T29 – CS Tumour size/ext eval
T30 – CS lymph nodes
T31 – CS reg nodes eval
T32 − Regional nodes examined
T33 – Regional nodes positive
T34 – CS mets at Dx
T35 – CS mets eval
T36 − CS site specific factor 1
T37 – CS site–specific factor 2
T38 – CS site–specific factor 3
T39 – CS site–specific factor 4
T40 – CS site–specific factor 5
T41 – CS site–specific factor 6		 Specific values & meaning: change to meaning of 8 filled and 9 filled fields
New related edits
(See corresponding sections for additional information)		 2007
2.3 T52 – CS Version 1st New field added 2007
2.3 T53 – Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis New field added 2008
2.3 T54 − Date of conclusive diagnosis New field added 2008
2.3 T55 – Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary New field added 2008
2.3 T56 – Date of multiple tumours New field added 2008
2.3 T57 – Multiplicity Counter New field added 2008
2.4 TD2 – Sequence number Description: note that CCR has adopted SEER rules as of 2007 2007
2.4 TD5 – Survival interval Specific values and meanings: The survival interval for DCO records cannot be computed and is recorded as '99998' 2007
2.4 TD19 – CS version latest CS version latest (formerly TD20) becomes TD19 2007
2.4 TD20 – Filler TD20 (formerly CS Version latest) becomes a filler 2007
  • Please note that changes effective in the 2010 reference year are subject to change.
     
  • Additional updates have been made, however only the changes that require action on the part of the PTCRs have been included in this table.
     

0.5 Statistics Canada contacts

PTCRs employees are encouraged to bring forward any questions by contacting one of the following:

For additional information regarding the processing of CCR data, please contact:

Colette Brassard
Section Chief
Operations and Integration Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-7282
Fax: 613-951-0709
For any subject matter related questions/queries, please contact:

Kim Boyuk
Chief, Cancer Statistics
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-2510
Fax: 613-951-0792

Hollie Anderson
Manager, Canadian Cancer Registry
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-0757
Fax: 613-951-0792

Chapter 1 – Reporting data

  • What data should be reported
  • How data should be reported
  • Typical use cases

1.1 What data should be reported

1.1.1 Reported variables

The Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) system is a patient–oriented database. The following lists of data items must be reported for every patient and every tumour:

Table 1
Reportable data items
Patient Tumour
Patient reporting province/territory
Patient identification number
CCR identification number
Type of current surname
Current surname
First given name
Second given name
Third given name
Sex
Date of birth
Province/territory or country of birth
Birth surname
Date of death
Province/territory or country of death
Death registration number
Underlying cause of death
Autopsy confirming cause of death
Date of birth flag
Date of death flag		 Tumour reporting province/territory
Tumour patient identification number
Tumour reference number
CCR identification number
Name of place of residence
Postal code
Standard geographic code
Census tract
Health insurance number
Method of diagnosis
Date of diagnosis
ICD–9 Cancer code
Source classification flag
ICD–O–2/3 Topography
ICD–O–2 Histology
ICD–O–2 Behaviour
Laterality
ICD–O–3 Histology
ICD–O–3 Behaviour
Grade, differentiation or cell indicator
Method used to establish the date of diagnosis
Diagnostic confirmation
Date of transmission
CS tumour size
CS extension
CS tumour size/ext eval
CS lymph nodes
CS lymph nodes eval
Regional nodes examined
Regional nodes positive
CS mets at Dx
CS mets eval
CS site–specific factor 1
CS site–specific factor 2
CS site–specific factor 3
CS site–specific factor 4
CS site–specific factor 5
CS site–specific factor 6
AJCC clinical T (2003 to 2007)
AJCC clinical N (2003 to 2007)
AJCC clinical M (2003 to 2007)
AJCC pathologic T (2003 to 2007)
AJCC pathologic N (2003 to 2007)
AJCC pathologic M (2003 to 2007)
AJCC clinical TNM stage group (2003 to 2007)
AJCC pathologic TNM stage group (2003 to 2007)
AJCC TNM stage group (2003 to 2007)
AJCC TNM edition number (2003 to 2007)
CS Version input original
Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis
Date of conclusive diagnosis
Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary
Date of multiple tumours
Multiplicity counter
Date of diagnosis flag
Date of conclusive diagnosis flag
Date of multiple tumours flag
Grade path value
Grade path system
Lymph-vascular invasion
CS version input current
CS site-specific factor 7
CS site-specific factor 8
CS site-specific factor 9
CS site-specific factor 10
CS site-specific factor 11
CS site-specific factor 12
CS site-specific factor 13
CS site-specific factor 14
CS site-specific factor 15
CS site-specific factor 16
CS site-specific factor 17
CS site-specific factor 18
CS site-specific factor 19
CS site-specific factor 20
CS site-specific factor 21
CS site-specific factor 22
CS site-specific factor 23
CS site-specific factor 24
CS site-specific factor 25
CS Mets at Dx – Bone
CS Mets at Dx – Brain
CS Mets at Dx – Liver
CS Mets at Dx - Lung

For more detail about each variable, see the corresponding section in Chapter 2 – Data dictionary.

1.1.2 Reporting scope

1.1.2.1 CCR core scope

The Canadian Council of Cancer Registries (CCCR) recommends that the following tumours diagnosed in 1992 and onwards be reported to the CCR:

Table 2
CCR core scope
Date of diagnosis ICD–O–3 Behaviour code ICD–O–3 Topography codes ICD–O–3 Histology codes
1992/01/01 to 2006/12/31 1, 2, 3 C00 – C80
  • See exceptions below (Table 2.1) for C44 (Skin),
 8000 to 9989
0 C70 – C72 (Meninges, brain and spinal cord, cranial nerves and other parts of central nervous system) 8000 to 9989
2007/01/01
and onwards		 0 C70 – C72 (Meninges, brain and spinal cord, cranial nerves and other parts of central nervous system)
C75.1, C75.2, C75.3 (pituitary, craniopharyngeal duct and pineal gland)		 8000 to 9989
1 and 3 C00 – C80
  • See exceptions below (Table 2.1) for C44 (Skin),
 8000 to 9989
2 C00 – C80
  • See exceptions below (Table 2.1 for C44 (Skin), C53 (cervix) C61.9 (Prostate)
 8000 to 9989
Table 2.1
CCR Scope Exceptions (not to be reported)
Date of diagnosis ICD–O–3 Behaviour code ICD–O–3 Topography codes ICD–O–3 Histology codes
1992/01/01
and onwards		 1, 2, 3 C44 (skin) 8050 to 8084 (squamous cell neoplasm) or
8090 to 8110 (basal cell neoplasm)
2007/01/01
and onwards		 1, 2, 3 C44 (skin)

8000 to 8005 (NOS) or
8010 to 8046 (epithelial neoplasm)
2 C53 (cervix), C61.9 (prostate) All histologies

Notes:

  • Tumours with ICD–O–3 Behaviour Codes '6' and '9' must not be reported to the CCR.
  • For cases diagnosed in 2007 and onwards, apply the new CCR rules that are now the same as the SEER multiple primary/histology rules or the Hematopoietic and Lymphoid Neoplasm rules to determine the number of reportable primaries.
  • For cases diagnosed prior to 2007, apply the previous CCR multiple primary rules to determine the number of reportable primaries. See Appendix D (Part II - CCR System Guide) – multiple primary tumours rules for CCR for more detail.
  • Tumours occurring in patients residing outside of Canada must not be reported to CCR. See Appendix T (Part II – <abbr title="Canadian Cancer Registry">CCR</abbr> Sytem Guide) – Residency guidelines in Canada for more detail.

1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope

All tumours within the CCR core scope and diagnosed in 2004 and onwards should be staged according to the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions version 01.04.01 (March 25, 2008) available from the Collaborative Staging Task Force of the American Joint Committee on Cancer.

See next section for more details on how to report collaborative staging data.

1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope(reported 2003 to 2007)

Colorectal, breast and prostate primary tumours diagnosed in 2003 and onwards can be staged according to their corresponding AJCC TNM 6th Edition staging schema. Reportable tumours are selected based on International Classification of Diseases for Oncology – 3rd Edition (ICD–O–3) as shown in the following table.

Table 3
CCR AJCC TNM staging scope
Date of diagnosis Site ICD–O–3 Topography codes ICD–O–3 Histology codes ICD–O–3 Behaviour codes
2003/01/01
and onwards		 Colorectal C18.0 to C18.9; C19.9; C20.9 8000 to 8576; 8935 to 8936; 8940 to 8950; 8980 to 8981 2, 3
Breast C50.0 to C50.9 8000 to 8576; 8940 to 8950; 8980 to 8981; 9020 2, 3
Prostate C61.9 8000 to 8110; 8120; 8131to 8576; 8940 to 8950; 8980 to 8981 3

See next section for details on how to report AJCC TNM staging data.

1.2 How data should be reported

1.2.1 Input record files

Data must be reported to the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) system using flat files encoded with an ISO 8859–1 (Latin 1) compatible character set. Patient data must be reported using the input patient record file and the tumour data must reported using the input tumour record file. See corresponding input record layouts in Table 4 and Table 5 below.

In addition to the specific data items, every input record has a record type and a date of transmission. The record type indicates which action should be conducted by the CCR system (adding, updating or deleting a record in the CCR) while the date of transmission is needed for tracking purposes. For details on a given data item, see its corresponding section in Chapter 2.

Although a data submission (also called a cycle) is normally composed of two files (one input patient record file and one input tumour record file), it may also be composed of only one file for specific needs (for example, updating tumour information only).

Table 4
Input patient record layout
Field Length Position Description Acronym
P1 2 1 to 2 Patient reporting province/territory PREPPROV
P2 12 3 to 14 Patient identification number PPIN
P3 9 15 to 23 CCR identification number CCR_ID
P4 1 24 Patient record type PRECTYPE
P5 1 25 Type of current surname PTYP_CUR
P6 25 26 to 50 Current surname PCURSNAM
P7 15 51 to 65 First given name PGNAME_1
P8 15 66 to 80 Second given name PGNAME_2
P9 7 81 to 87 Third given name PGNAME_3
P10 1 88 Sex PSEX
P11 8 89 to 96 Date of birth PDATBIR
P12 3 97 to 99 Province/territory or country of birth PPROVBIR
P13 25 100 to 124 Birth surname PBIRNAM
P14 8 125 to 132 Date of death PDATDEA
P15 3 133 to 135 Province/territory or country of death PPROVDEA
P16 6 136 to 141 Death registration number PDEAREG
P17 4 142 to 145 Underlying cause of death PCAUSDEA
P18 1 146 Autopsy confirming cause of death PAUTOPSY
P19 8 147 to 154 Patient date of transmission PDATTRAN
P20 2 155 to 156 Date of birth flag PDATBIRFLAG
P21 2 157 to 158 Date of death flag PDATDEAFLAG
Table 5
Input tumour record file layout
Field Length Position Description Acronym
T1 2 1 to 2 Tumour reporting province/territory TREPPROV
T2 12 3 to 14 Tumour patient identification number TPIN
T3 9 15 to 23 Tumour reference number TTRN
T4 9 24 to 32 CCR identification number CCR_ID
T5 1 33 Tumour record type TRECTYPE
T6 25 34 to 58 Name of place of residence TPLACRES
T7 6 59 to 64 Postal code TPOSTCOD
T8 7 65 to 71 Standard geographic code TCODPLAC
T9 9 72 to 80 Census tract TCENTRAC
T10 15 81 to 95 Health insurance number THIN
T11 1 96 Method of diagnosis TMETHDIAG
T12 8 97 to 104 Date of diagnosis TDATDIAG
T13 4 105 to 108 ICD–9 Cancer code TICD_9
T14 1 109 Source classification flag TSCF
T15 4 110 to 113 ICD–O–2/3 Topography TICD_O2T
T16 4 114 to 117 ICD–O–2 Histology TICD_O2H
T17 1 118 ICD–O–2 Behaviour TICD_O2B
T18 4 119 to 122 Filler Not applicable
T19 1 123 Laterality TLATERAL
T20 1 124 Filler Not applicable
T21 4 125 to 128 ICD–O–3 Histology TICD_O3H
T22 1 129 ICD–O–3 Behaviour TICD_03B
T23 1 130 Grade, differentiation or cell indicator TGRADE
T24 2 131 to 132 Method used to establish the date of diagnosis TMETHUSED
T25 2 133 to 134 Diagnostic confirmation TMETHCONF
T26 8 135 to 142 Tumour date of transmission TDATTRAN
T27 3 143 to 145 CS tumour size TCSTSIZE
T28 3 146 to 148 CS extension TCSEXTN
T29 1 149 CS tumour size/ext eval TCSEVAL
T30 3 150 to 152 CS lymph nodes TCSLNODE
T31 1 153 CS lymph nodes eval TCSLNEVAL
T32 2 154 to 155 Regional nodes examined TCSRNEXAM
T33 2 156 to 157 Regional nodes positive TCSRNPOS
T34 2 158 to 159 CS mets at diagnosis TCSMDIAG
T35 1 160 CS mets evaluation TCSMEVAL
T36 3 161 to 163 CS site–specific factor 1 TCSSSF1
T37 3 164 to 166 CS site–specific factor 2 TCSSSF2
T38 3 167 to 169 CS site–specific factor 3 TCSSSF3
T39 3 170 to 172 CS site–specific factor 4 TCSSSF4
T40 3 173 to 175 CS site–specific factor 5 TCSSSF5
T41 3 176 to 178 CS site–specific factor 6 TCSSSF6
T42 9 179 to 187 AJCCclinical T TAJCCCLINT
T43 3 188 to 190 AJCC clinical N TAJCCCLINN
T44 3 191 to 193 AJCC clinical M TAJCCCLINM
T45 9 194 to 202 AJCC pathologic T TAJCCPATHT
T46 6 203 to 208 AJCC pathologic N TAJCCPATHN
T47 3 209 to 211 AJCC pathologic M TAJCCPATHM
T48 4 212 to 215 AJCC clinical TNM stage group TAJCCCLINSG
T49 4 216 to 219 AJCC pathologic TNM stage group TAJCCPATHSG
T50 4 220 to 223 AJCC TNM stage group TAJCCSG
T51 2 224 to 225 AJCC TNM edition number TAJCCEDNUM
T52 6 226 to 231 CS version input original TCSVERINORIG
T53 1 232 Ambiguous terminology diagnosis TAMBIGTERM
T54 8 233 to 240 Date of conclusive diagnosis TDATCONCLUSDIAG
T55 2 241 to 242 Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary TMULTTUMONEPRIM
T56 8 243 to 250 Date of multiple tumours TDATMULT
T57 2 251 to 252 Multiplicity counter TMULTCOUNT
T58 2 253 to 254 Date of diagnosis flag TDATDIAGFLAG
T59 2 255 to 256 Date of conclusive diagnosis flag TDATCONCLUSDIAGFLAG
T60 2 257 to 258 Date of multiple tumours flag TDATMULTFLAG
T61 1 259 Grade path value TGRADEPATHVAL
T62 1 260 Grade path system TGRADEPATHSYS
T63 1 261 Lymph-vascular invasion TLYMPHVASINV
T64 6 262 to 267 CS version input current TCSVERINCUR
T65 3 268 to 270 CS site-specific factor 7 TCSSSF7
T66 3 271 to 273 CS site-specific factor 8 TCSSSF8
T67 3 274 to 276 CS site-specific factor 9 TCSSSF9
T68 3 277 to 279 CS site-specific factor 10 TCSSSF10
T69 3 280 to 282 CS site-specific factor 11 TCSSSF11
T70 3 283 to 285 CS site-specific factor 12 TCSSSF12
T71 3 286 to 288 CS site-specific factor 13 TCSSSF13
T72 3 289 to 291 CS site-specific factor 14 TCSSSF14
T73 3 292 to 294 CS site-specific factor 15 TCSSSF15
T74 3 295 to 297 CS site-specific factor 16 TCSSSF16
T75 3 298 to 300 CS site-specific factor 17 TCSSSF17
T76 3 301 to 303 CS site-specific factor 18 TCSSSF18
T77 3 304 to 306 CS site-specific factor 19 TCSSSF19
T78 3 307 to 309 CS site-specific factor 20 TCSSSF20
T79 3 310 to 312 CS site-specific factor 21 TCSSSF21
T80 3 313 to 315 CS site-specific factor 22 TCSSSF22
T81 3 316 to 318 CS site-specific factor 23 TCSSSF23
T82 3 319 to 321 CS site-specific factor 24 TCSSSF24
T83 3 322 to 324 CS site-specific factor 25 TCSSSF25
T84 1 325 CS Mets at Dx - Bone TCSMDXBONE
T85 1 326 CS Mets at Dx - Brain TCSMDXBRAIN
T86 1 327 CS Mets at Dx - Liver TCSMDXLIVER
T87 1 328 CS Mets at Dx - Lung TCSMDXLUNG

1.2.2 CCR fundamentals

Following is a list of fundamental rules and concepts that may help the Cancer Registries understand the constraints related to data submission to the CCR.

Submission

  • Input record files must indicate coherent operations for related patient and tumour records.
  • A PTCR can only report data for its jurisdiction.

Ownership

  • A patient record is initially owned by its reporting province/territory. Its ownership may change through the internal record linkage process; if it is found that the same patient is owned by two provinces/territories, sole ownership of the patient record will be assigned to the province/territory which reported the latest tumour record.
  • A tumour record is always owned by its reporting province/territory. The ownership of a tumour record never changes.
  • A PTCR must own a patient or tumour record in order to update or delete it.

Integrity

  • Every patient record must be associated with at least one tumour record from the same province/territory.
  • Every tumour record must be associated with one patient record.
  • The CCR contains only valid and coherent patient and tumour records. Consequently, invalid or incoherent records are rejected by the data editing process. As a temporary measure, invalid staging data (Collaborative Staging and/or AJCC TNM Staging) will not prevent valid core tumour fields from being loaded in the CCR database. In this case, invalid staging data will not be loaded but will be marked as being rejected in the CCR database.

Keys

  • The Patient identification number (PIN) must be unique for each patient record from a given province/territory.
  • Tumour reference number (TTRN) must be unique for a patient's tumour record from a given province/territory.
  • CCR identification number ( CCR_ID) connects patient record to its related tumour records from any province/territory.

Scope

  • Tumours outside the CCR core scope are not loaded.
  • For a given patient record, duplicate tumours based on the CCR multiple primary tumour rules are not loaded.
  • Collaborative staging data for tumours outside the CCR collaborative staging scope are not loaded.
  • AJCC TNM staging data for tumours outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope are not loaded.

1.2.3 Reporting collaborative staging data

1.2.3.1 Typical cases

Case 1: Tumours outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2)

All corresponding variables (T27 to T41 and T52) must be left blank.

Case 2: Tumours within the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2)

  • If the tumour has been staged using the collaborative staging schema, then all corresponding variables (T27 to T41 and T52) must be reported according to the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) available from the Collaborative Staging Task Force of the American Joint Committee on Cancer. Unknown variables must be coded using the proper CS schema specific 'Unknown' code.
  • If the tumour has not been staged using the collaborative staging schema, then all corresponding variables (T27 to T41 and T52) must be coded using the proper CCR Specific 'Not Staged' code. Variables must not be left blank.
Table 6
CCR Specific 'Not Staged' codes
T27 T28 T29 T30 T31 T32 T33 T34 T35 T36 T37 T38 T39 T40 T41 T52
999 99
or
999		 9 99
or
999		 9 99 99 99 9 999 999 999 999 999 999 999999

1.2.4 Reporting AJCC TNM staging data (reported 2003 to 2007)

1.2.4.1 TNM staging overview

The AJCC TNM system is based on the assessment of the T, N, and M components and the assignment of a stage grouping. The structure of TNM varies from site to site. Recurrent tumours (prefix 'r') are not to be staged or submitted to the CCR.

T component

The T element designates the extent of the primary tumour (size or depth of invasion). The numerical subset increases with the progressive extent of the malignant disease. For example:

  • Small lesion confined to the organ of origin would be coded as T1;
  • Larger tumour size or deeper extension into adjacent structures, tissues, capsules, or ligaments as T2;
  • Larger tumour size or extension beyond the organ of origin but confined to the region, T3;
  • Massive lesion or one that directly invades another organ or viscera, major nerves, arteries, or bone as T4.

N component

The N component designates the presence or absence and extent of metastasis in the regional lymph nodes.

  • In some sites, there is an increasing numerical value based on size, fixation, or capsular invasion.
  • In other sites, the numerical value is based on multiple nodal involvement or number and location of the regional lymph nodes.

M component

The M component identifies the presence or absence of distant metastases, including lymph nodes that are not regional.

Stage group

The stage group is assigned using the table listed in the corresponding chapter of the AJCC Cancer staging manual. Stage 0 reflects minimal involvement, usually carcinoma in–situ, whereas Stage IV indicates either greatest tumour involvement or distant metastasis. Histologic grade and age may impact staging in certain sites.

Please refer to the breast, colorectal and prostate chapter specific guidelines in the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition, as these take precedence over the general guidelines.

1.2.4.2 Typical cases

Case 1: Tumours outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3).

All corresponding variables (T42 to T51) must be left blank.

Case 2: Tumours within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3).

  • If the tumour has been staged using the AJCC TNM system then all corresponding variables (T42 to T51) must be reported according to the CCR data dictionary corresponding sections. Variables must not be left blank. Unknown variables must be coded using the proper 'Unknown' code.
  • If the tumour has not been staged using the AJCC TNM staging system, then all corresponding variables (T42 to T51) must be coded using the proper CCR Specific 'Unknown'/'Not Staged' code (see table below). Variables must not be left blank.
Table 7
CCR Specific 'Unknown' or 'Not Staged' codes
T42 T43 T44 T45 T46 T47 T48 T49 T50 T51
99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 00

1.2.4.3 Data quality

Stage group is "required" for all histology codes listed at the end of the applicable AJCC chapters, including the published (posted) AJCC errata. Cases meeting those requirements must have a clinical stage group (T47) and/or a pathological stage group (T48) and/or TNM stage group (T50) with a valid stage group as defined in the appropriate chapter of the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition. Unknown stage group will not prevent AJCC TNM staging data from being loaded in the CCR but will be reported through data quality reports.

The following table depicts which ICD–O–3 topography and histology codes require a stage group. All sites included in the following table are also included in the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope.

Table 8
ICD–O–3 Topography and histology codes that require at least one stage group
Site ICD–O–3 Topography codes ICD–O–3 Histology codes ICD–O–3 Behaviour codes
Colorectal C18.0 to C18.9; C19.9; C20.9 8000 to 8002; 8004 to 8005; 8010; 8012 to 8013; 8020 to 8021; 8032; 8041 to 8045; 8050; 8070; 8140 to 8141; 8210; 8211; 8214 to 8215; 8220 to 8221; 8230; 8261 to 8263; 8480 to 8481; 8490; 8510; 8560; 8570 to 8571; 8935 to 8936 2, 3
Breast C50.0 to C50.6, C50.8, C50.9 8010, 8020, 8070, 8140, 8200 to 8201, 8211, 8480, 8500 to 8503, 8510, 8520, 8522, 8530, 8540 to 8541, 8543, 8980, 9020 2, 3
Prostate C61.9 8010, 8041, 8070, 8074, 8082, 8098, 8120, 8140, 8148, 8200, 8260, 8480, 8490, 8500, 8550, 8560 3

Tumours within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope but not listed in the above table may have unknown stage groups. These cases will not be reported through data quality reports.

1.2.4.4 Technical notes

Extra descriptors
As described on pages 7 and 8 of the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition, 2 prefixes and 1 suffix are used to identify special cases of TNM or TNM classifications.

Table 9
Descriptors used in AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition
Prefixes Suffix
y - Staging is performed during or after treatment (ycTNM or ypTNM) m - Multiple primary tumours in a single site: pT(m)NM
a - Stage determined at autopsy (aTNM)  

These prefixes and suffixes do not affect the stage grouping but they identify pieces of information that require these cases to be analyzed separately. The staging implementation working group decided that the additional descriptors would not be collected in the CCR, as they could not be collected consistently across the country. Therefore, if a registry collects descriptors for an eligible staging record, corresponding variables must be reported without them.

Table
Assigning X
Values Meaning Example
TX Primary Tumour cannot be assessed When the tumour is identified, but there is not enough information from clinical observation, imaging or microscopic depth of invasion, size, etc. to assign a value. This could also mean that the patient did not return for further workup or treatment.
NX Regional Lymph nodes have not been or cannot be evaluated When initial resection takes place, but further workup or treatment is refused, the status of the regional lymph nodes is not available.
MX Distant metastasis cannot be assessed When studies have not been performed to adequately assess the presence of metastases.
Clinical or Pathological stage group X May mean that the case cannot be stage grouped When there is at least one T, N or M component listed as 'X' but T, N, M components combination does not lead to a stage group.

Prostate cases

If initial diagnosis is through biopsy, and then the patient is put on "watchful waiting" for a period of time, followed by a prostatectomy, then the date of diagnosis should be the date of the biopsy. If the intent of waiting is considered treatment, then the case can only be clinically staged, based on the biopsy information. This initial information can be used for clinical staging information, but there would not be a pathological stage available. This would then be listed with pathologic TNM values of 'X', since the information is not available.

If the intent of the waiting is for surgery, then the information from the prostatectomy can be used for pathologic staging, according to page 5 of the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition.

1.3 Typical use cases

Adding a new patient and new tumours

  • Submit one add patient record and one or more add tumour records.
  • Use the same reporting province/territory and patient identification number on both input patient and tumour record to create the relationship.
  • Do not provide any CCR identification number.

Adding new tumour(s) to existing patient

  • Submit one or more add tumour records.
  • Use the reporting province/territory, patient identification number and CCR identification number of the existing patient record in the CCR.

Updating an existing patient

  • Submit one update patient record.
  • Use the reporting province/territory, patient identification number and CCR identification number of the existing patient record to be updated.

Updating an existing tumour

  • Submit one update tumour record.
  • Use the reporting province/territory, patient identification number, tumour reference number and CCR identification number of the existing tumour record to be updated.

Deleting an existing patient

  • Submit one delete patient record.
  • Submit as many delete tumour records as there are tumour records with the same CCR identification number and reporting province/territory in the CCR.
  • Use the reporting province/territory, patient identification number and CCR identification number of the existing patient record to be deleted on both delete patient and delete tumour records.
  • All remaining fields must be left blank.

Deleting an existing tumour

  • Submit one delete tumour record.
  • Use the reporting province/territory, patient identification number, tumour reference number and CCR identification number of the existing tumour record to be deleted.
  • All remaining fields must be left blank.

Chapter 2 – Data dictionary

  • Input patient variables
  • Derived patient variables
  • Input tumour variables
  • Derived tumour variables

2.0 Introduction

2.0.1 Input and derived variable fields

The following describes the various fields in the data dictionary for input patient, derived patient, input tumour and derived tumour variables:

Acronym for a variable name – Input patient variables begin with P and derived patient variables begin with PD. Input tumour variables begin with T and derived tumour variables begin with TD.

Description – A general description of the variable content. Provides additional information such as specific coding instructions; use of the variable; links to other variables; and coding sources.

Effective – Determines the reference years (for example, based on date of diagnosis, not collection date) when the variables are in effect and collected.

Length – The length of the variable in the record layout.

Format – Provides formatting details such as data positions and character specifications.

Used by – Field for derived patient and tumour variables only. Provides details about which process reads and/or writes the derived variable.

Specific values & meanings – Lists acceptable values and defines their meanings.

Related edits – Lists edits related to the variable. See Chapter 3 (Part II – CCR System Guide) for more details on the edits.

Revision – Provides historical detail on revisions performed on the variable. The year refers to the reference year (for example, based on date of diagnosis, not collection date).

2.1 Input patient variables

The input patient variables are variables related to the patient and reported by the PTCR. Table 10 lists all the input patient variables and the following pages describe these variables in more detail.

For convenience, variables are presented in order by variable number. The reader can easily find the page corresponding to any variable by looking for the variable number in the title. For example, CCR identification number is described on page P3 – CCR identification number.

Table 10
List of input patient variables
Variable N° Variable Acronym
P1 Patient reporting province/territory PREPPROV
P2 Patient identification number PPIN
P3 CCR identification number CCR_ID
P4 Patient record type PRECTYPE
P5 Type of current surname PTYP_CUR
P6 Current surname PCURSNAM
P7 First given name PGNAME_1
P8 Second given name PGNAME_2
P9 Third given name PGNAME_3
P10 Sex PSEX
P11 Date of birth PDATBIR
P12 Province/territory or country of birth PPROVBIR
P13 Birth surname PBIRNAM
P14 Date of death PDATDEA
P15 Province/territory or country of death PPROVDEA
P16 Death registration number PDEAREG
P17 Underlying cause of death PCAUSDEA
P18 Autopsy confirming cause of death PAUTOPSY
P19 Patient date of transmission PDATTRAN
P20 Date of birth flag PDATBIRFLAG
P21 Date of death flag PDATDEAFLAG

P1 – Patient reporting province/territory

Acronym: PREPPROV

Description: The Standard Geographic Code (SGC) of the PTCR submitting the patient record to the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR).

Refer to Appendix T (Part II – CCR System Guide)– Residency guidelines in Canada for more details.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values and meaning (P1)
Value Meaning
10 Newfoundland and Labrador
11 Prince Edward Island
12 Nova Scotia
13 New Brunswick
24 Quebec
35 Ontario
46 Manitoba
47 Saskatchewan
48 Alberta
59 British Columbia
60 Yukon
61  Northwest Territories
62 Nunavut

Related edits: PVAL1, PCOR1, KIM1, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM1, KBM2, KBM4, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (P1)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See KIM4 and KBM4.
1999 Specific values & meaning: Addition of Nunavut code (62).

P2 – Patient identification number

Acronym: PPIN

Description: The unique identification number assigned by the provincial/territorial registry to each new patient registered.

This field is part of StatistiCS Canada patient record key. It cannot be updated or reused.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 12

Related edits: PVAL2, PCOR1, KIM1, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM1, KBM2, KBM4, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (P2)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PIN.
Related edits changed: See PVAL2, KIM4 and KBM4.

P3 – CCR identification number

Acronym: CCR_ID

Description: The unique number assigned by Statistics Canada to each new patient at the time of the initial registration in the CCR. 

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 9

Format: It is composed of 3 parts:

Position 1–2: Last 2 digits of the year of CCR Processing Date
Position 3–8: Sequential number from 000001–999999.
Position 9: A check digit (See Appendix X (Part II - CCR System Guide) - CCR_ID check digit routine)

Related edits: PVAL3, PCOR1, KBM2, KBM4, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision(P3)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See KBM4.

P4 – Patient record type

Acronym: PRECTYPE

Description: The code which identifies the type of record submitted to the CCR.

This field will not be stored or returned by the CCR System.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (P4)
Value Meaning
1 New record
2 Update record
3 Delete record

Related edits: PVAL3, PVAL4, PVAL5, PVAL6, PVAL7, PVAL8, PVAL9, PVAL10, PVAL11, PVAL12, PVAL13, PVAL14, PVAL15, PVAL16, PVAL17, PVAL18, PCOR1, PCOR2, PCOR3, PCOR4, PCOR5, PCOR6, PCOR7, PCOR8, PCOR9, PCOR10, PCOR11, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM1, KBM2, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (P4)
Year Description
2004 Specific values & meaning: Change of ownership record has been removed.
Related edits changed: See PVAL6, PVAL12, PVAL14, PVAL15, PVAL17, PCOR2, PCOR7, PCOR9, PCOR10, PCOR11, KIM4 and KBM4.

P5 – Type of current surname

Acronym: PTYP_CUR

Description: The code describing the type of surname currently used by the patient in field P6 – Current Surname.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (P5)
Value Meaning
0 Current Surname unknown
1 Birth Surname
2 Other type of surname (for example, married name, legal change–of–name)
9 Type of surname unknown

Related edits: PVAL5, PCOR1, PCOR4, PCOR5.

Table
Revision (P6)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

P6 – Current surname

Acronym: PCURSNAM

Description: The legal surname currently used by the patient as reported by PTCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 25

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([A–Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([a–z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü);
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (–).

Related edits: PVAL6, PCOR1, PCOR4, PCOR5, PCOR6.

Table
Revision (P6)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.
2004 Description: Current surname contains the value as reported by the PTCR. Standardized current surname is not kept in the CCR anymore.

P7 – First given name

Acronym: PGNAME_1

Description: The first given name (or initial) currently used by the patient as reported by PTCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 15

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([A–Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([a–z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü)
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (–).

Related edits: PVAL7, PCOR1, PCOR2, PCOR3.

Table
Revision (P7)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.
2004 Description: First given name contains the value as reported by the PTCR. Standardized first given name is not kept in the CCR anymore.

P8 – Second given name

Acronym: PGNAME_2

Description: The second given name (or initial) currently used by the patient as reported by PTCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 15

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([A–Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([a–z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü)
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (–).

Related edits: PVAL8, PCOR1, PCOR2, PCOR3.

Table
Revision (P8)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.
2004 Description: Second given name contains the value as reported by the PTCR. Standardized second given name is not kept in the CCR anymore.

P9 – Third given name

Acronym: PGNAME_3

Description: The third given name (or initial) currently used by the patient as reported by PTCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 7

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([A–Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([a–z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü)
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (–).

Related edits: PVAL9, PCOR1, PCOR2, PCOR3

Table
Revision (P9)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.
2004 Description: Third given name contains the value as reported by the PTCR. Standardized third given name is not kept in the CCR anymore.

P10 – Sex

Acronym: PSEX

Description: The code that represents the sex of the patient.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (P10)
Value Meaning
1 Male
2 Female
9 Sex unknown

Related edits: PVAL10, PCOR1, PCOR2, DIM5.

Table
Revision (P10)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: see PCOR2.

P11 – Date of birth

Acronym: PDATBIR

Description: The patient's date of birth represented by the year, month and day.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (P11)
Value Meaning
[0000–9998] Year of birth
9999 Year of birth unknown
Table
MM (P11)
Value Meaning
[01–12] Month of birth (January – December)
99 Month of birth unknown
Table
DD (P11)
Value Meaning
[01–31] Day of birth
99 Day of birth unknown

Related edits: PVAL11, PVAL12, PCOR1, PCOR7, DIM1.

Table
Revision (P11)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: see PVAL12 and PCOR7.

P12 – Province/territory or country of birth

Acronym: PPROVBIR

Description: The code created by the International Standards Organization1 (ISO) used to represent the patient's province/territory (if in Canada) or country (if outside Canada) of birth.

The location is coded according to geo–political boundaries at time of birth.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (P12)
Value Meaning
999 Province/territory or country of birth unknown.
[Others] For Date of birth prior to year 1996, see Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996.
For Date of birth in 1996 and onwards, see Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible province/territory or country codes in 1996 and after.

Related edits: PVAL12, PCOR1.

Table
Revision (P12)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: see PVAL12.
1996 Specific values & meaning: new province/territory and country codes list added for date of birth in 1996 and onwards.

P13 – Birth surname

Acronym: PBIRNAM

Description: The legal surname or family/last name under which the patient was registered at birth as reported by PTCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 25

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([A–Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII–7 bit character set ([a–z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü)
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (–).

Related edits: PVAL13, PCOR1, PCOR5, PCOR6

Table
Revision (P13)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.
2004 Description: Birth surname contains the value as reported by the PTCR. Standardized birth surname is not kept in the CCR anymore.

P14 – Date of death

Acronym: PDATDEA

Description: The patient's date of death represented by the year, month and day.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (P14)
Value Meaning
0000 Patient is not known to have died
[0001–9998] Year of death
9999 Year of death unknown
Table
MM (P14)
Value Meaning
00 Patient is not known to have died
[01–12] Month of death (January – December)
99 Month of death unknown
Table
DD (P14)
Value Meaning
00 Patient is not known to have died
[01–31] Day of death
99 Day of death unknown

Related edits: PVAL14, PVAL15, PVAL17, PCOR1, PCOR7, PCOR8, PCOR10, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4.

Table
Revision (P14)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See PVAL15, PVAL17 and PCOR7.

P15 – Province/territory or country of death

Acronym: PPROVDEA

Description: The code created by the International Standards Organization2 (ISO) used to represent the patient's province/territory (if in Canada) or country (if outside Canada) of death.

The location is coded according to geo–political boundaries at time of death.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 3

Specific values & meaning (P15)
Value Meaning
000 Patient is not known to have died
999 Province/territory or country of death unknown
[Others] For Date of death prior to year 1996, see Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible province/territory or country codes before 1996.
For Date of death in 1996 and onwards, see Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible province/territory or country codes in 1996 and after.

Related edits: PVAL15, PCOR1, PCOR8, PCOR9.

Revision (P15)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See PVAL15 and PCOR9. 
1996 Specific values & meaning: new province/territory and country codes list added for Date of death in 1996 and onwards.

P16 – Death registration number

Acronym: PDEAREG

Description: The registration number found on the official death certificate issued by the Canadian province/territory in which the patient died (see P15 – Province/territory or country of death).

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 6

Specific values & meaning (P16)
Value Meaning
000000 Patient is not known to have died
999998 Patient died outside of Canada
999999 Patient died: death registration number is unknown
[Others] Valid registration numbers

Related edits: PVAL16, PCOR1, PCOR8, PCOR9, PCOR10, PCOR11

Revision (P16)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See PCOR9, PCOR10 and PCOR11.

P17 – Underlying cause of death

Acronym: PCAUSDEA

Description: The code that represents the patient's underlying cause of death, as determined by the Vital Statistics office from the official death certificate and reported to the CCR by the provincial/territorial Cancer Registry (PTCR).

The underlying cause of death is defined as: 'the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury'. It is coded using the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision (ICD–9) or International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, 10th Revision (ICD-10), depending on the Date of death.

See also PD7 – Death clearance underlying cause of death.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Format: The code must not contain any periods (.).

Specific values & meaning (P17)
Value Meaning
0000 Patient is not known to have died
0009 Unknown/unavailable underlying cause of death
[Others] For Date of death prior to year 2000, refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-9 underlying cause of death codes for exact meaning.
For Date of death between 2000 and 2002, refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes from 2000 to 2002 for exact meaning.
For Date of death in 2003 and onwards, refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes in 2003 and after for exact meaning.

Related edits: PVAL17, PCOR1, PCOR8, PCOR11.

Revision (P17)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See PVAL17 and PCOR11.
2000 Specific values & meaning: ICD-10 Cause of death codes added.

P18 – Autopsy confirming cause of death

Acronym: PAUTOPSY

Description: The code indicating whether the cause of death from the official death certificate takes account of autopsy findings.

See Appendix I (Part II – CCR System Guide) – Guidelines for abstracting and determining DCO cases for PTCRs in Canada for more details.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Specific values & meaning (P18)
Value Meaning
0 Patient is not known to have died
1 Autopsy held - results taken into account by the stated cause of death
2 Autopsy held - results not taken into account by the stated cause of death
9 No autopsy/unknown autopsy/do not know if autopsy results have been taken into account by the stated cause of death

Related edits: PVAL18, PCOR1, PCOR8.

Revision (P18)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

P19 – Patient date of transmission

Acronym: PDATTRAN

Description: The date on which a copy of the patient record was extracted from the provincial/territorial registry for submission to the CCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Specific values & meaning
YYYY (P19)
Value Meaning
[0000-9999] Year of transmission
Table
MM (P19)
Value Meaning
[01-12] Month of transmission (January – December)
DD(P19)
Value Meaning
[01-31] Day of transmission

Related edits: PVAL14, PVAL19, PCOR7

Table
Revision (P19)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDATTRA2.
Related edits changed: See PVAL14 and PCOR7.

P20 –Date of birth flag

Acronym: PDATBIRFLAG

This flag explains why no appropriate value is in the field, Date of birth.

Prior to 2010, date fields included codes that provided information other thandates. As part of an initiative to standardize date fields, new fields were introduced to accommodate non-date information that had previously been transmitted in date fields.

This is part of the initiative of the transformation from the old date standards to interoperable dates (NAACCR standards).

The complete flavours of null table (appendix K – Part II – CCR system Guide), includes the NAACCR codes, HL7 codes and definitions. Use code 12 when date of birth is unknown.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (P20)
Value Meaning

[Blank]

A valid date value is provided in item Date of Birth, or the date was not expected to have been transmitted

12

A proper value is applicable but not known (for example, birth date is unknown)

Related edits: PVAL20

Table
Revision (P20)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

P21 –Date of death flag

Acronym: PDATDEAFLAG

Description: This flag explains why no appropriate value is in the corresponding field, Date of Death.

Prior to 2010, date fields included codes that provided information other than dates. As part of an initiative to standardize date fields, new fields were introduced to accommodate non-dateinformation that had previously been transmitted in date fields.

This is part of the initiative of the transformation from the old date standards to interoperable dates (NAACCR standards).

The complete flavours of null table (appendix K – Part II – CCR system Guide), includes the NAACCR codes, HL7 codes and definitions. Use code 12 when date of death is unknown.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (P21)
Value Meaning

[Blank]

A valid date value is provided in item Date of death, or the date was not expected to have been transmitted

10

No information whatsoever can be inferred from this exceptional value (for example, patient is not known to
be deceased)

11

No proper value is applicable in this context (for example, patient is alive)

12

A proper value is applicable but not known (for example, date of death is unknown)

Related edits: PVAL21

Table
Revision (P21)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

2.2 Derived patient variables

The derived patient variables are variables related to the patient and copied/derived/calculated by the CCR system through various processes such as data loading, record linkage, death clearance and tabulation master file creation. Table 11 lists all the derived patient variables; the following pages describe these variables in more detail.

For convenience, variables are presented in order by variable number. The reader can easily find the page corresponding to any variable by looking for the variable number in the title. For example, Vital status is described on page PD2 – Vital status.

Table 11
List of Derived patient variables
Variable N° Variable Acronym
PD1 Processing Date – patient record PDCCRDATPROC
PD2 Vital status PDCCRVITALST
PD3 Number of tumours PDCCRNBRTMRS
PD4 Death clearance cut off date PDDCDATCO
PD5 Death clearance status PDDCSTAT
PD6 Death clearance method PDDCMETH
PD7 Death clearance underlying cause of death PDDCUCD
PD8 Date of death (un) confirmation PDDCDATCN

PD1 – Processing date – patient record

Acronym: PDCCRDATPROC

Description: The date of the last action taken against the patient record by Statistics Canada.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Used by (PD1)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No Yes*
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (PD1)
Value Meaning
[0000-9999] Year of the last action
Table
MM (PD1)
Value Meaning
[01-12] Month of the last action (January – December)
Table
DD (PD1)
Value Meaning
[01-31] Day of the last action
Table
Revision (PD1)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDATPROC.

PD2 – Vital status

Acronym: PDCCRVITALST

Description: The code indicating whether the patient is alive or deceased.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (PD2)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (PD2)
Value Meaning
1 The patient is not known to have died
2 The patient is deceased
Table
Revision (PD2)
Year Description
2007 Used by: PD2 is now being written at the Tabulation master file process
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PVITALST

PD3 – Number of tumours

Acronym: PDCCRNBRTMRS

Description: The number of tumour records belonging to the patient record.

Note: The number of tumours may change depending on the Multiple primary rules used (CCR or IARC). As of 2007 the CCR has adopted SEER rules.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (PD3)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (PD3)
Value Meaning
[1-99] The number of tumours the patient has at the time of the TMF creation.
** The Patient has more than 99 tumours at the time of the TMF creation.
Table
Revision (PD3)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PNBRTMRS.

PD4 – Death clearance cut-off date

Acronym: PDDCDATCO

Description: The date of the latest death event (based on the Canadian Vital Statistics death database) considered during the death clearance process.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Used by (PD4)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (PD4)
Value Meaning
0000 Patient never underwent Death clearance.
[0001-9999] Latest registration year for which the record was matched against the Canadian Vital Statistics death database.
Table
MM (PD4)
Value Meaning
00 Patient never underwent Death clearance.
[01-12] The month of the date described above (January – December).
Table
DD (PD4)
Value Meaning
00 Patient never underwent Death clearance.
[01-31] The day of the date described above.
Table
Revision (PD4)
Year Description
2007 Description: Updated.
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDCDATCO.

PD5 – Death clearance status

Acronym: PDDCSTAT

Description: The code indicating whether the record has ever participated in Death clearance and its current status with respect to provincial/territorial actions.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (PD5)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (PD5)
Value Meaning
0 Patient record never underwent Death clearance
1 Patient record underwent Death clearance - not confirmed as dead
2 Patient record underwent Death clearance - confirmed as dead
3 Patient record no longer confirmed as dead - PTCR has changed the Date of death, province/territory or country of death or Death registration number
4 Patient record no longer confirmed as dead - decision rejected by PTCR
Table
Revision (PD5)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDCSTAT

PD6 – Death clearance method

Acronym: PDDCMETH

Description: The code indicating the method used during the Death clearance process to confirm the patient death.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (PD6)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (PD6)
Value Meaning
0 Patient never underwent Death clearance or patient not confirmed as dead
1 Match: Identical information on Date of death, province/territory or country of death, Death registration number, sex and date of Birth (year and month only)
2 Probabilistic linkage
3 Inactive default: province/territory reported death information, with no confirmation - record has been inactive for 5 years
4 Age Default: Age > 117 years
Table
Revision (PD6)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDCMETHD

PD7 – Death clearance underlying cause of death

Acronym: PDDCUCD

Description: The code reported to Statistics Canada that represents the patient's underlying cause of death, as determined by the Vital Statistics office from the official death certificate.

The underlying cause of death is defined as: 'the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury'. It is coded using the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision (ICD–9) or International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, 10th Revision (ICD–10), depending on the Date of death.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Table
Used by (PD7)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (PD7)
Value Meaning
0000 Patient record never underwent Death clearance or not confirmed as deceased. (Default value)
[Others] For Date of death prior to year 2000, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-9 underlying cause of death codes for exact meaning.
For Date of death between 2000 and 2002, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes from 2000 to 2002 for exact meaning.
For Date of death in 2003 and onwards, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes in 2003 and after for exact meaning.
Table
Revision (PD7)
Year Description
2008 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDDCCMDBUCD.
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PMDBUCOD.

PD8 – Date of death (un) confirmation

Acronym: PDDCDATCN

Description: The date on which:

A patient was confirmed as being deceased during Death clearance processing, or
A PTCR revoked the Death clearance of a record: the CCR decision was rejected, or
A PTCR changed some death information: Date of death, province/territory or country of death or Death registration number.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Used by (PD8)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No Yes*
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No Yes*
Tabulation master file Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (PD8)
Value Meaning
0000 Patient record never underwent Death clearance or not confirmed as deceased.
[0001-9999] The year of date described above.
Table
MM (PD8)
Value Meaning
00 Patient record never underwent Death clearance or not confirmed as deceased.
[01-12] The month of the date described above (January – December).
Table
DD (PD8)
Value Meaning
00 Patient record never underwent Death clearance or not confirmed as deceased.
[01-31] The day of the date described above.
Table
Revision (PD8)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PDCDATCN.

2.3 Input tumour variables

The input tumour variables are variables related to the tumour and reported by the PTCR. Table 12 lists all the input tumour variables; the following pages describe these variables in more details.

For convenience, variables are presented in order by variable number. The reader can easily find the page corresponding to any variable by looking for the variable number in the title. For example, CCR identification number is described on page T4 – CCR identification number.

Table 12
List of Input tumour variables
Variable N° Variable Acronym
T1 Tumour reporting province/territory TREPPROV
T2 Tumour patient identification number TPIN
T3 Tumour reference number TTRN
T4 CCR identification number CCR_ID
T5 Tumour record type TRECTYPE
T6 Name of place of residence TPLACRES
T7 Postal code TPOSTCOD
T8 Standard geographic code TCODPLAC
T9 Census tract TCENTRAC
T10 Health insurance number THIN
T11 Method of diagnosis TMETHDIAG
T12 Date of diagnosis TDATDIAG
T13 ICD–9 cancer code TICD_9
T14 Source classification flag TSCF
T15 ICD–O–2/3 Topography TICD_O2T
T16 ICD–O–2 Histology TICD_O2H
T17 ICD–O–2 Behaviour TICD_O2B
T18 Not used Not applicable
T19 Laterality TLATERAL
T20 Not used Not applicable
T21 ICD–O–3 Histology TICD_O3H
T22 ICD–O–3 Behaviour TICD_O3B
T23 Grade, differentiation or cell indicator TGRADE
T24 Method used to establish the date of diagnosis TMETHUSED
T25 Diagnostic confirmation TMETHCONF
T26 Tumour date of transmission TDATTRAN
T27 CS tumour size TCSTSIZE
T28 CS extension TCSEXTN
T29 CS tumour size/ext eval TCSEVAL
T30 CS lymph nodes TCSLNODE
T31 CS lymph nodes eval TCSLNEVAL
T32 Regional nodes examined TCSRNEXAM
T33 Regional nodes positive TCSRNPOS
T34 CS mets at Dx TCSMDIAG
T35 CS mets eval TCSMEVAL
T36 CS site-specific factor 1 TCSSSF1
T37 CS site-specific factor 2 TCSSSF2
T38 CS site-specific factor 3 TCSSSF3
T39 CS site-specific factor 4 TCSSSF4
T40 CS site-specific factor 5 TCSSSF5
T41 CS site-specific factor 6 TCSSSF6
T42 AJCC clinical T TAJCCCLINT
T43 AJCC clinical N TAJCCCLINN
T44 AJCC clinical M TAJCCCLINM
T45 AJCC pathologic T TAJCCPATHT
T46 AJCC pathologic N TAJCCPATHN
T47 AJCC pathologic M TAJCCPATHM
T48 AJCC clinical TNM stage group TAJCCCLINSG
T49 AJCC pathologic TNM stage group TAJCCPATHSG
T50 AJCC TNM stage group TAJCCSG
T51 AJCC TNM edition number TAJCCEDNUM
T52 CS Version input original TCSVERINORIG
T53 Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis TAMBIGTERM
T54 Date of Conclusive Diagnosis TDATCONCLUSDIAG
T55 Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary TMULTTUMONEPRIM
T56 Date of Multiple Tumours TDATMULT
T57 Multiplicity Counter TMULTCOUNT
T58 Date of diagnosis flag TDATDIAGFLAG
T59 Date of conclusive diagnosis flag TDATCONCLUSDIAGFLAG
T60 Date of multiple tumours flag TDATMULTFLAG
T61 Grade Path Value TGRADEPATHVAL
T62 Grade Path System TGRADEPATHSYS
T63 Lymph-vascular invasion TLYMPHVASINV
T64 CS Version input current TCSVERINCUR
T65 CS Site-specific factor 7 TCSSSF7
T66 CS Site-specific factor 8 TCSSSF8
T67 CS Site-specific factor 9 TCSSSF9
T68 CS Site-specific factor 10 TCSSSF10
T69 CS Site-specific factor 11 TCSSSF11
T70 CS Site-specific factor 12 TCSSSF12
T71 CS Site-specific factor 13 TCSSSF13
T72 CS Site-specific factor 14 TCSSSF14
T73 CS Site-specific factor 15 TCSSSF15
T74 CS Site-specific factor 16 TCSSSF16
T75 CS Site-specific factor 17 TCSSSF17
T76 CS Site-specific factor 18 TCSSSF18
T77 CS Site-specific factor 19 TCSSSF19
T78 CS Site-specific factor 20 TCSSSF20
T79 CS Site-specific factor 21 TCSSSF21
T80 CS Site-specific factor 22 TCSSSF22
T81 CS Site-specific factor 2 TCSSSF23
T82 CS Site-specific factor 24 TCSSSF24
T83 CS Site-specific factor 25 TCSSSF25
T84 CS Mets at Dx - Bone TCSMDXBONE
T85 CS Mets at Dx - Brain TCSMDXBRAIN
T86 CS Mets at Dx - Liver TCSMDXLIVER
T87 CS Mets at Dx - Lung TCSMDXLUNG

T1 – Tumour reporting province/territory

Acronym: TREPPROV

Description: The Standard geographic code (SGC) of the province/territory submitting the Tumour record to the CCR at time of diagnosis.

Refer to Appendix T (Part II – CCR System Guide) – Residency guidelines in Canada for more details.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T1)
Value Meaning
10 Newfoundland and Labrador
11 Prince Edward Island
12 Nova Scotia
13 New Brunswick
24 Quebec
35 Ontario
46 Manitoba
47 Saskatchewan
48 Alberta
59 British Columbia
60 Yukon
61 Northwest Territories
62 Nunavut

Related edits: TVAL1, TCOR1, TCOR4, KIM2, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM3, KBM4, KBM5, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, DIM6, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (T1)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See KIM4, KBM4 and DIM6.
1999 Specific values & meaning: Addition of Nunavut code (62).

T2 – Tumour patient identification number

Acronym: TPIN

Description: The unique identification number assigned by the provincial/territorial registry to each new patient registered.

This field is part of Statistics Canada Tumour record key. It cannot be updated or reused.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 12

Related edits: TVAL2, TCOR1, KIM2, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM3, KBM4, KBM5, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, DIM6, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (T2)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as PIN.
Related edits changed: See TVAL2, KIM4, KBM4 and DIM6.

T3 – Tumour reference number

Acronym: TTRN

Description: The unique identification number assigned by the provincial/territorial cancer registry, as a reference, to each new tumour reported to the CCR. This field is part of Statistics Canada Tumour record key. It cannot be updated or reused.

It cannot be updated or reused.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 9

Related edits: TVAL3, TCOR1, KIM2, KBM3, KBM5, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, DIM6.

Table
Revision (T3)
Year Description
2004 Related edits changed: See TVAL3 and DIM6.

T4 – CCR identification number

Acronym: CCR_ID

Description:The unique number assigned by Statistics Canada to each new patient at the time of the initial registration in the CCR. 

It is used to link tumours with the corresponding patient. (P3 – CCR identification number)

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 9

Format:

It is composed of three parts:

  1. Position 1–2: Last two digits of the year of the CCR Processing Date
  2. Position 3–8: Sequential number from 000001–999999
  3. Position 9: A check digit (See Appendix X (Part II– CCR System Guide) – CCR ID check digit routine)

Related edits: TVAL4, TCOR1, KIM3, KIM5, KBM4, KBM5, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, DIM6, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (T4)
Year Description
2007 Format: Format of variable specified.
2004 Related edits changed: See KBM4 and DIM6.

T5 – Tumour record type

Acronym: TRECTYPE

Description: The code which identifies the type of record submitted to the CCR.

This field will not be stored or returned by the CCR System.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T5)
Value Meaning
1 New record
2 Update record
3 Delete record

Related edits:TVAL5, TVAL6, TVAL7, TVAL8, TVAL9, TVAL10, TVAL11, TVAL12, TVAL13, TVAL14, TVAL15, TVAL16, TVAL17, TVAL19, TVAL21, TVAL22, TVAL23, TVAL24, TVAL25, TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TVAL52, TVAL53, TVAL54, TVAL55, TVAL56, TVAL57, TVAL58, TVAL59, TVAL60, TVAL61, TVAL62, TVAL63, TVAL64, TVAL65, TVAL66, TVAL67, TVAL68, TVAL69, TVAL70, TVAL71, TVAL72, TVAL73, TVAL74, TVAL75, TVAL76, TVAL77, TVAL78, TVAL79, TVAL80, TVAL81, TVAL82, TVAL83, TCOR1, TCOR2, TCOR3, TCOR4, TCOR5, TCOR6, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR11, TCOR12, TCOR13, TCOR14, TCOR15, TCOR16, TCOR17, TCOR18, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24, TCOR26, TCOR27, TCOR29, TCOR30, TCOR31, TCOR32, TCOR33, TCOR34, TCOR35, TCOR36, TCOR37, KIM3, KIM4, KIM5, KBM3, KBM4, KBM5, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM5, DIM6, PPM1, PPM2.

Table
Revision (T5)
Year Description
2010 Related edits changed: See TVAL58, TVAL59, TVAL60, TVAL61, TVAL62, TVAL63, TVAL64, TVAL65, TVAL66, TVAL67, TVAL68, TVAL69, TVAL70, TVAL71, TVAL72, TVAL73, TVAL74, TVAL75, TVAL76, TVAL77, TVAL78, TVAL79, TVAL80, TVAL81, TVAL82, TVAL83, TCOR36, and TCOR37
2008 Related edits changed: See TVAL53, TVAL54, TVAL55, TVAL56, TVAL57, TCOR26, TCOR27, TCOR29, TCOR30, TCOR31, TCOR32, TCOR33, TCOR34, TCOR35
2007 Related edits changed: See TVAL52 and TCOR13
2004 Related edits changed: See TVAL18, TVAL20, TVAL23, TVAL27, TCOR1, TCOR5, TCOR6, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR11, TCOR12, TCOR14, TCOR15, TCOR16, TCOR17, KIM4, KBM1, KBM4 and DIM6.

T6 – Name of place of residence

Acronym: TPLACRES

Description: The name of the city, town, village, reserve, etc. of the patient's usual permanent place of residence at time of diagnosis.

Refer to Appendix T (Part II– CCR System Guide) – Residency guidelines in Canada for more details.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 25

Format: Acceptable characters are limited to:

  • Uppercase letters from ACSII-7 bit character set ([A-Z]);
  • Lowercase letters from ACSII-7 bit character set ([a-z]);
  • Accented characters (Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü â à ç é ê ë è î ï ô û ü)
  • Special characters:
    • Spaces ( );
    • Periods (.);
    • Apostrophes (');
    • Hyphens (-);
    • Exclamation mark (!);
    • Ampersand (&);
    • Forward slash (/);
    • Parentheses ("and");
    • Number sign (#);
    • Comma (,).

Related edits: TVAL6 and TCOR1.

Table
Revision (T6)
Year Description
2007 Format: Acceptable characters are specified.

T7 – Postal code

Acronym: TPOSTCOD

Description: The Canadian postal code of the patient's usual permanent place of residence at time of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 6

Table
Specific values & meaning (T7)
Value Meaning
999999 Postal code unknown
[Others] Postal code

Related edits: TVAL7, TCOR1 and TCOR2

Table
Revision (T7)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

T8 – Standard geographic code

Acronym: TCODPLAC

Description: The Standard geographic code of the patient's usual permanent place of residence at time of diagnosis.

It is coded using Standard geographic classification (SGC) - 1991, 1996, 2001 or 2006 depending on the Date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 7

Format: PRCDCSD where PR (2 first digits) is the Province code, CD (3rd and 4th digits) is the Census division code and CSD (3 last digits) is the Census subdivision code.

Table
Specific values & meaning (T8)
Value Meaning
10 Newfoundland and Labrador
11 Prince Edward Island
12 Nova Scotia
13 New Brunswick
24 Quebec
35 Ontario
46 Manitoba
47 Saskatchewan
48 Alberta
59 British Columbia
60 Yukon
61 Northwest Territories
62 Nunavut
Table
CD (T8)
Value Meaning
00 Unknown Census division
[Others] For Date of diagnosis between 1992 and 1995, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide )– Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 1992 to 1995 for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 1996 and 2000, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide)– Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 1996 to 2000 for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 2001 and 2005, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 2001 to 2005 for meaning.
For Date of Diagnosis between 2006 and 2010, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core Reference Tables – Eligible Standard Geographic Classification Codes from 2006 to 2010 for meaning.
Table
CSD (T8)
Value Meaning
999 Unknown Census subdivision
[Others] For Date of diagnosis between 1992 and 1995, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide ) – Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 1992 to 1995 for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 1996 and 2000, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 1996 to 2000 for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 2001 and 2005, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible standard geographic classification codes from 2001 to 2005 for meaning.
For Date of Diagnosis between 2006 and 2010, refer to Appendix A (Part III– CCR System Guide) – Core Reference Tables – Eligible Standard Geographic Classification Codes from 2006 to 2010 for meaning.


Related edits: TVAL8, TCOR1, TCOR2, TCOR3, TCOR4.

Table
Revision (T8)
Year Description
2006 Specific values & meaning: SGC – 2006 added.
2001 Specific values & meaning: SGC – 2001 added.
1996 Specific values & meaning: SGC – 1996 added.

T9 – Census tract

Acronym: TCENTRAC

Description: The geostatistical area of the patient's usual permanent place of residence at time of diagnosis.

Census tracts are found only in large urban communities and contain populations ranging from 2500 to 8000, with an average of 4000. They are designed as being as homogeneous as possible in terms of economic status and social conditions. All Census metropolitan areas (CMA) and Census agglomerations (CA), containing a Census subdivision (that is, a city) having a population of at least 50000, are eligible to have Census tracts.

It is coded using Census tract dictionary – 1991, 1996 or 2001 depending on the Date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 to 2005.

Length: 9

Format: For cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards, leave the field blank.

For cases diagnosed between 1992 and 2005, enter a value using the CMACCC.TT format where CMA (3 first digits) is the Census metropolitan area/Census agglomeration and CCC.TT (6 last digits) is the Census tract.

Table
Specific values & meaning (T9)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases outside the effective date range (for example, cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards)
000000.00 Place of residence not in a Census tract
999999.99 Census tract unknown/incomplete address
[Others] For Date of diagnosis between 1992 and 1995, refer to Census tract dictionary – 1991³ for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 1996 and 2000, refer to Census tract dictionary – 1996³ for meaning.
For Date of diagnosis between 2001 and 2005, refer to Census tract dictionary – 2001³ for meaning.

Related edits: TVAL9, TCOR1, TCOR3.

Table
Revision (T9)
Year Description
2006 Effective dates: Field is only effective for reference years 1992 to 2005. For 2006 cases and onwards, this field will be reported as blank (null). Census tract was removed for all cases diagnosed in 2006.
Specific values & meaning: Null (blank) value added.
2001 Specific values & meaning: Census tract dictionary – 2001 added.
1996 Specific values & meaning: Census tract dictionary – 1996 added.

T10 – Health insurance number

Acronym: THIN

Description: The patient's provincial/territorial health insurance number at time of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 15

Table
Specific values & meaning (T10)
Value Meaning
999999999999999 Unknown
[Others] Health insurance number

Related edits: TVAL10, TCOR1.

Table
Revision (T10)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

T11 – Method of diagnosis

Acronym: TMETHDIAG

Description: The code that represents the most definitive procedure by which the tumour was diagnosed.

In general, the method of diagnosis should be based on the method by which the earliest microscopic date of diagnosis was determined. The method should be based on the status before any treatment other than surgery is given.

It is not linked to the Date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 to 2003.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T11)
Value Meaning
0 For Date of diagnosis in 2004 and onward.
Method of diagnosis reported in Input tumour variables:
  • T24 – Method used to establish the date of diagnosis and;
  • T25 – diagnostic confirmation.
1 Histology
2 Autopsy
3 Cytology
4 Radiology or laboratory diagnosis other than specified above
5 Surgery (without histology), or clinical diagnosis
6 Death certificate only4
9 Method of diagnosis unknown

Related edits: TVAL11, TCOR1, TCOR14, DIM3.

Table
Revision (T11)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as TMETDIAG.
Specific values & meaning: Code added (0) to handle Date of Diagnosis in 2004 and onwards.
Related edits changed: See TCOR14.

T12 – Date of diagnosis

Acronym: TDATDIAG

Description: The date of diagnosis of the tumour. It is determined using the following sequence order (effective since 2004 for all data):

  1. Date of cytological diagnosis

    If suspicious cytology is confirmed by subsequent histological diagnosis (including autopsy) or clinical impression of cancer supports the cytology findings, then the cytological diagnosis date will be used.
     
  2. Date of histological diagnosis, including cases diagnosed only on autopsy
     
  3. Date of non microscopically confirmed diagnosis. including:
     

    a)Positive laboratory test/marker study;
    b)Direct visualization without microscopic confirmation (surgery without histology);
    c)Radiography and other imaging techniques without microscopic confirmation;
    d)Clinical diagnosis, including: physical findings (without histology); 
    e)Method of Diagnosis unknown.

  4. Date of death, if not reported at any other time.Includes:
     

    a) Death certificate only;
    b) Autopsy only.

Exceptions
1. If applicable, the date associated with the method that prompts treatment takes precedence over the above choices and should be chosen.
2. If autopsy only case, follow back as per the Guidelines for abstracting and determining DCO cases for PTCRs in Canada (see Appendix I (Part II – CCR System Guide)). If previous information is available for this tumour, the initial date takes precedence, including if it is non microscopic information. For example, if an x-ray result is available prior to the autopsy; the date associated with this initial diagnostic information takes precedence over the autopsy (histological) date.

Refer to the CCR guidelines for ambiguous terms (See Appendix H (Part II – CCR System Guide)) when determining the date of diagnosis.

Date of diagnosis is linked to the Input tumour variable T24 - Method used to establish the date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (T12)
Value Meaning
[0000-9999] Year of diagnosis (1992 to current reference year)
Table
MM (T12)
Value Meaning
[01-12] Month of diagnosis (January – December)
99 Month of diagnosis unknown
Table
DD (T12)
Value Meaning
[01-31] Day of diagnosis
99 Day of diagnosis unknown

Related edits: TVAL8, TVAL9, TVAL12, TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TVAL52, TVAL63, TVAL64, TCOR1, TCOR3, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR11, TCOR12, TCOR13, TCOR14, TCOR15, TCOR16, TCOR17, TCOR18, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24, TCOR26, TCOR27, TCOR30, TCOR36, TCOR37, DIM1, DIM2, DIM3, DIM4, DIM6

Table
Revision (T12)
Year Description
2010 Related edits changed: See TVAL63, TVAL64, TCOR36, TCOR37
2008 Related edits changed: See TCOR26, TCOR27 and TCOR30.
2007 Related edits changed: See TVAL52 and TCOR13.
2004 Description: New sequence order.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TCOR9, TCOR12, TCOR14, TCOR15, TCOR16, TCOR17, TCOR18, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23 and TCOR24.

T13 – ICD–9 cancer code

Acronym: TICD_9

Description:The diagnosis of the neoplasm coded according to the International Classification of Diseases, 9th revision.

ICD-9 Cancer code is used to describe the site of the tumour, and must be supplemented with an ICD–O–2 Histology (field T16) and an ICD–O–2 Behaviour (field T17).

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Format:

  • The value does not contain a period between the 3rd and 4th digits
  • 3 digit long values are followed by a blank space in the 4th digit
Table
Specific values & meaning (T13)
Value Meaning
0000 Topography not reported using ICD-9.
[Others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables - Eligible ICD-9 Cancer codes for meaning.

Related edits:TVAL13, TCOR1, TCOR5, TCOR6.

Table
Revision (T13)
Year Description
2004 Name: Formerly known as T13 – ICD-9.
Related edits changed: TCOR5 and TCOR6.

T14 – Source classification flag

Acronym: TSCF

Description: The code that indicates the classification system in which the topography, histology and behaviour of the tumour were originally coded.

It is assumed that other reported topography, histology and behaviour are the result of a conversion from the original source code.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T14)
Value Meaning
1 Topography originally coded in ICD–9,
Histology and behaviour originally coded in ICD–O–2
2 Topography, histology and behaviour originally coded in ICD–O–2
4 Topography, histology and Behaviour originally coded in ICD–O–3

Related edits: TVAL14, TCOR1, TCOR5, TCOR6, TCOR7.

Table
Revision (T14)
Year Description
2004 Specific values & meaning: Code 3 (ICD-10) removed from the eligible codes.
Related edits changed: See TCOR5, TCOR6 and TCOR7.

T15 – ICD–O–2/3 Topography

Acronym: TICD_O2T

Description: The site of origin of the neoplasm coded according to the International Classification of diseases for oncology (2nd or 3rd edition) topography section.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Format: The value does not contain a period (.) between the 3rd and 4th digits.

Table
Specific values & meaning (T15)
Value Meaning
0000 Topography not reported using ICD-O-2/3.
If possible, ICD-O-2/3 Topography will automatically be derived from ICD-9 Cancer code by the CCR system.
[Others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible ICD–O–2/3 topography codes for meaning.

Related edits: TVAL15, TVAL16, TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR1, TCOR6, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR12, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24, TCOR31, TCOR33, DIM5, DIM6.

Table
Revision (T15)
Year Description
2008 Related edits changed: See TCOR31, TCOR33
2004 Related edits changed: See TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR6, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR12, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24 and DIM6.

T16 – ICD–O–2 Histology

Acronym: TICD_O2H

Description: The histological description of the neoplasm, coded according to the International Classification of Diseases for Oncology 2nd edition - Morphology Section.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Table
Specific values & meaning (T16)
Value Meaning
0000 Histology not reported using ICD-O-2.
[Others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible ICD–O–2 histology codes for meaning.

Related edits: TVAL16, TCOR1, TCOR5, TCOR6, TCOR7.

Table
Revision (T16)
Year Description
2004 Name: Formerly known as T16 – ICD-O-2 Morphology. Renamed according to CCR data and quality management Committee recommendation.
Acronym: Formerly known as TICD_O2M. Changed to reflect new name.
Related edits changed: See TCOR5, TCOR6 and TCOR7.

T17 – ICD–O–2 Behaviour

Acronym: TICD_O2B

Description: The behaviour associated with the histological description of the neoplasm, reported in Field T16.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T17)
Value Meaning
0 Benign if ICD-O-2 Histology is reported
– OR –
Behaviour not reported using ICD–O–2
1 Uncertain whether benign or malignant / borderline malignancy
2 Carcinoma in situ / intraepithelial / non-infiltrating / non-invasive
3 Malignant, primary site

Related edits: TVAL17, TCOR1, TCOR5, TCOR6, TCOR7.

Table
Revision (T17)
Year Description
2004 Name: Formerly known as T17 – ICD-O-2 M Behaviour. Renamed to be consistent with T16 new name.
Related edits changed: See TCOR6 and TCOR7.

T18 – Filler

Acronym: Not applicable

Description: Filler: free space reserved for future requirement implementation.

This field will not be processed or returned by the CCR System.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 4

Format: Enter any values or leave the field blank.

Table
Revision (T18)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

T19 – Laterality

Acronym: TLATERAL

Description: The site-specific localization of the tumour in paired organs or the side of the body on which the tumour originated. It specifies whether the tumour is on the right, left or bilateral, where applicable.

Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Valid site and laterality combinations for more details.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T19)
Value Meaning
0 Not a paired organ
1 Right: origin of primary
2 Left: origin of primary
3 Only one side involved, right or left origin unspecified (2007 and onwards)
4 Bilateral involvement, lateral origin unknown: stated to be single primary
This code is seldom used EXCEPT for the following diseases:
i.Both ovaries involved simultaneously, single histology
ii. Bilateral retinoblastomas
iii. Bilateral Wilm's tumours
5 Paired site: midline tumour (new as of 2010 see revision statement)
9 Paired site, but no information concerning laterality.

Related edits: TVAL19, TCOR1, TCOR12, DIM6.

Table
Revision (T19)
Year Description
2010 Specific values & meaning: Laterality - Add code 5 for a paired site with a midline tumour. Code 9 no longer records midline tumor information and is used only when there is no laterality information for a paired site. Code 5 may be used to record a midline tumor of a paired site for any year of diagnosis, but review or recoding of historic cases is not required.
2007 Specific values & meaning: NAACCR (SEER) laterality codes and meaning are now used for this variable. Code'1' now refers to 'Right: origin of primary'. Code '2' now refers to 'Left: origin of primary'. Code '3' added to handle 'Only one side involved, right or left origin unspecified. Data already loaded in the CCR (1992-2006) has been updated to reflect the new code set (note: Code '3' was not implemented for cases diagnosed prior to 2007).
2004 Related edits changed: See TCOR12 and DIM6.

T20 – Filler

Acronym: Not applicable

Description: Filler: free space reserved for future requirement implementation.

This field will not be processed or returned by the CCR System.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Format: Enter any values or leave the field blank.

Table
Revision (T20)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

T21 – ICD–O–3 Histology

Acronym: TICD_O3H

Description: The histological description of the neoplasm, coded according to the International Classification of Diseases for Oncology 3rd edition - Morphology Section.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Although this field was added to the CCR in 2001, historical data back to 1992 has been converted to this classification.

Length: 4

Table
Specific values & meaning (T21)
Value Meaning
0000 Histology not reported using ICD-O-3.
ICD-O-3 Histology will automatically be derived from ICD-O-2 fields (topography, histology and behaviour) by the CCR system.
[Others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible ICD–O–3 histology codes for meaning.

Related edits: TVAL21, TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR1, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR11, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24, TCOR33, DIM6.

Table
Revision (T21)
Year Description
2008 Related edits changed: See TCOR33
2004 Name: Formerly known as T21M – ICD-O-3 Morphology. renamed according to CCR data and quality management committee recommendation. Renumbered to fit in sequence.
Acronym: Formerly known as TICD_O3M. Changed to reflect new name.
Related edits changed: See TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR10, TCOR11, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24 and DIM6.

T22 – ICD–O–3 Behaviour

Acronym: TICD_O3B

Description: The behaviour associated with the histological description of the neoplasm, reported in Field T21.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Although this field was added to the CCR in 2001, historical data back to 1992 has been converted to this classification.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning T22)
Value Meaning
0 Benign if ICD-O-3 Histology is reported
– OR –
Behaviour not reported using ICD–O–3.
If not reported, ICD-O-3 Behaviour will automatically be derived from ICD-O-2 fields (topography, histology and behaviour) by the CCR system.
1 Uncertain whether benign or malignant / borderline malignancy
2 Carcinoma in situ / intraepithelial / non-infiltrating / non-invasive
3 Malignant, primary site

Related edits: TVAL22, TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR1, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR11, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24, TCOR32.

Table
Revision (T22)
Year Description
2008 Related edits changed: TCOR32
2004 Fields reorganized: Field formerly known as T22 – Date of transmission has been moved to T26 – Date of transmission.
Name: Current field formerly know as T21B – ICD-O-3 M Behaviour. Renamed to be consistent with T21 new name. Renumbered to fit in sequence.
Related edits changed: See TVAL42, TVAL43, TVAL44, TVAL45, TVAL46, TVAL47, TVAL48, TVAL49, TVAL50, TVAL51, TCOR7, TCOR9, TCOR11, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR22, TCOR23 and TCOR24.

T23 – Grade, differentiation or cell indicator

Acronym: TGRADE

Description: The code that describes the system used to identify the Type of grade/differentiation/cell indicator.

Grade is used by the CS algorithm to produce CS derived data.

Refer to Appendix G (Part II – CCR System Guide)– Guidelines for reporting grade, differentiation or cell indicator for 2006 data forward.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T23)
Value Meaning
0 For Date of diagnosis prior to 2004.
Not reported
1 Grade I; grade i; grade 1; well differentiated; differentiated, NOS
2 Grade II; grade ii; grade 2; moderately differentiated; moderately well differentiated; intermediate differentiation
3 Grade III; grade iii, grade 3; poorly differentiated; dedifferentiated
4 Grade IV; grade iv; grade 4; undifferentiated; anaplastic
5 T-cell; T-precursor
6 B-Cell; Pre-B; B-precursor
7 Null cell; Non T-non B
8 NK cell (natural killer cell)
9 Grade/differentiations unknown, not stated, or not applicable

Related edits: TVAL23, TCOR1, TCOR17.

Table
Revision (T23)
Year Description
2006 Application of new guidelines for reporting grade, differentiation or cell indicator
2004 Fields reorganized: Field formerly known as T23 – Method used to establish date of diagnosis has been moved to T24 – Method used to establish the date of diagnosis.

T24 – Method used to establish the date of diagnosis

Acronym: TMETHUSED

Description: The code that specifies the method by which the date of diagnosis of this tumour was established.

The SEER Program Code Manual, third edition, diagnostic confirmation descriptions were used as a reference when determining the appropriate codes for the CCR.

This field is linked to T12 – Date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T24)
Value Meaning
0 For Date of diagnosis prior to 2004
Not reported. (Refer to T11 – Method of diagnosis.)
1-3, 10 Microscopically confirmed
1 Positive cytology Cytological diagnoses based on microscopic examination of cells as contrasted with tissues. Included are smears from sputum, bronchial brushings, bronchial washings, tracheal washings, prostatic secretions, breast secretions, gastric fluid, spinal fluid, peritoneal fluid, and urinary sediment. Cervical and vaginal smears are common examples. Also included are diagnoses based upon paraffin block specimens from concentrated spinal, pleural and peritoneal fluid. Fine needle aspiration is included here.
2 Positive histology Histological diagnoses based upon tissue specimens from biopsy (including wide core and needle biopsy), frozen section, surgery, autopsy or D and C. Positive hematological findings relative to leukemia, including peripheral blood smears, are also included. Bone marrow specimens (including aspiration biopsies) are coded as '2'.
3 Autopsy only Diagnosis confirmed by autopsy only, (if tissue taken) when no other information available.
10 Positive histology PLUS Positive immunophenotyping AND/OR positive genetic studies (used only for hematopoietic and lymphoid neoplasms 95903-99923 as of 2010 onwards)
4-9 Non-microscopically confirmed
4 Positive laboratory test/marker study Clinical diagnoses of cancer based on certain laboratory tests or marker studies, which are clinically diagnostic for cancer. This includes alpha-fetoprotein for liver cancer and abnormal electrophoretic spike for multiple myeloma. Elevated PSA is non-diagnostic for cancer. If the physician uses the PSA as a basis for diagnosing prostate cancer with no other work-up, it should be recorded as code 4.
5 Direct visualization without microscopic confirmation (surgery without histology) Visualization includes diagnosis made at surgical exploration, including autopsy where no tissue is taken, or by use of the various endoscopes (including colposcope, mediastinoscope, and peritoneoscope). However, use only if such visualization is not supplemented by positive histology or positive cytology reports.
6 Radiography and other imaging techniques without microscopic confirmation Cases with diagnostic radiology for which there is neither a positive histology nor a positive cytology report. 'Other imaging techniques' include procedures such as ultrasound, computerized (axial) tomography (CT or CAT) scans, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
7 Clinical diagnosis, including physical findings (without histology) Cases diagnosed by clinical methods not mentioned above and for which there were no positive microscopic findings.
8 Death certificate only Cases diagnosed by Death certificates only, when no other information available.
9 Method used to establish the date of diagnosis unknown.

Related edits: TVAL24, TCOR1, TCOR13, TCOR15, TCOR33, TCOR35, DIM4.

Table
Revision (T24)
Year Description
2010 Length: Changed from 1 to 2 to accommodate new code.
Specific values & meaning: Positive histology PLUS added
2008 Related edits changed: See TCOR33, TCOR35
2006 Related edits changed: See TCOR13.
2004 Fields reorganized: Field formerly known as T24 – Diagnosis confirmation has been moved to T25 – Diagnosis confirmation.
Name: Current field formerly known as T23 – Method used to establish the date of diagnosis. Renumbered to fit in sequence.

T25 – Diagnostic confirmation

Acronym: TMETHCONF

Description: The method of the most accurate diagnostic confirmation. Determine whether this tumour was microscopically confirmed at any time during the patient's medical history.

The SEER Program Code Manual, third edition, diagnostic confirmation descriptions were used as a reference when determining the appropriate codes for the CCR.

This field is not linked with T12 – Date of diagnosis.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Categories of diagnostic methods are listed below in order of priority.

Table
Specific values & meaning (T25)
Value Meaning
0 For Date of diagnosis prior to 2004
Not reported. (Refer to T11 – Method of diagnosis.)
1-3, 10 Microscopically confirmed
1 Positive histology Histological diagnoses based upon tissue specimens from biopsy (including wide core and needle biopsy), frozen section, surgery, autopsy or D and C. Positive hematological findings relative to leukemia, including peripheral blood smears, are also included. Bone marrow specimens (including aspiration biopsies) are coded as '1'.
2 Positive cytology Cytological diagnoses based on microscopic examination of cells as contrasted with tissues. Included are smears from sputum, bronchial brushings, bronchial washings, tracheal washings, prostatic secretions, breast secretions, gastric fluid, spinal fluid, peritoneal fluid, and urinary sediment. Cervical and vaginal smears are common examples. Also included are diagnoses based upon paraffin block specimens from concentrated spinal, pleural and peritoneal fluid. Fine needle aspiration included here.
3 Autopsy only Diagnosis confirmed by autopsy only, (if tissue taken) when no other information available
10 Positive histology PLUS Positive immunophenotyping AND/OR positive genetic studies (used only for hematopoietic and lymphoid neoplasms 95903-99923 as of 2010 onwards)
4-9 Non-microscopically confirmed
4 Positive laboratory test/marker study Clinical diagnoses of cancer based on certain laboratory tests or marker studies, which are clinically diagnostic for cancer. This includes alpha-fetoprotein for liver cancer and abnormal electrophoretic spike for multiple myeloma. Elevated PSA is non-diagnostic for cancer. If the physician uses the PSA as a basis for diagnosing prostate cancer with no other work-up, it should be recorded as code 4.
5 Direct visualization without microscopic confirmation (surgery without histology) Visualization includes diagnosis made at surgical exploration including autopsy where no tissue is taken, or by use of the various endoscopes (including colposcope, mediastinoscope, and peritoneoscope). However, use only if such visualization is not supplemented by positive histology or positive cytology reports.
6 Radiography and other imaging techniques without microscopic confirmation Cases with diagnostic radiology for which there is neither a positive histology nor a positive cytology report. 'Other imaging techniques' include procedures such as ultrasound, computerized (axial) tomography (CT or CAT) scans, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
7 Clinical diagnosis, including physical findings (without histology) Cases diagnosed by clinical methods not mentioned above and for which there were no positive microscopic findings.
8 Death certificate only Cases diagnosed by Death certificates only, when no other information available.
9 Diagnostic confirmation unknown

Related edits: TVAL25, TCOR1, TCOR13, TCOR16

Table
Revision (T25)
Year Description
2010 Length: Changed from 1 to 2 to accommodate new code.
Specific values & meaning: Positive histology PLUS added.
2006 Related edits changed: See TCOR13.
2004 Name: Formerly known as T24 – Diagnostic confirmation. Renumbered to fit in sequence.

T26 – Date of transmission

Acronym: TDATTRAN

Description: The date on which a copy of the tumour record was extracted from the provincial/territorial registry for submission to the CCR.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (T26)
Value Meaning
[0000-9999] Year of transmission
Table
MM (T26)
Value Meaning
[01-12] Month of transmission (January – December)
Table
DD (T26)
Value Meaning
[01-31] Day of the transmission

Related edits: TVAL26.

Table
Revision (T26)
Year Description
2004 Name: Formerly known as T22 – Date of transmission. Renumbered to fit in sequence.
Acronym: Formerly known as TDATTRA2.

T27 – CS tumour size

Acronym: TCSTSIZE

Description: The largest dimension or the diameter of the primary tumour in millimetres (for example: 1 mm = 001, 1 cm = 010). See the CS schemas for site-specific variants.

For many sites, the CS algorithm uses this data item to calculate the Derived T or Derived M according to the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition (2004 – 2009), seventh edition (2010 onwards).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T27)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR Collaborative Scope).
[000-998] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18.

Table
Revision (T27)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '999' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T28 – CS extension

Acronym: TCSEXTN

Description: The primary tumour growth within the organ of origin or its direct extension into neighbouring organs.

This data item is used by the algorithm to derive the AJCC T code according to the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition (2004 – 2009), seventh edition (2010 onwards).

For certain sites such as ovary, discontinuous metastasis is coded in the CS extension field. 

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

For CS Version input current = NULL (CS version 1) (field must be left justified)

Table
Specific values & meaning (T28)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[00-98] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
99 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

For CS Version input current >= '020000' and not '999999' (CS version 2)

Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[000-998] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18.

Table
Revision (T28)
Year Description
2010 Length: Value modified from 2 to 3 in length. Make sure field is left justified. Ex. items for CSV1 come in '99_'.
Specific values & meaning: Values modified to accept 3 digit values and converted values for CSV2 consistent coding.
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '99' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T29 – CS tumour size/ext eval

Acronym: TCSEVAL

Description: CS tumour size/extension evaluation: the code indicating how the 'CS tumour size' and 'CS extension' were determined based on the diagnostic methods employed.

This data item is used in CS to identify whether the T (of AJCC TNM) was clinically or pathologically diagnosed and by what method 'CS tumour size/ext eval' is used to calculate the derived AJCC T descriptor.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T29)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section1.1.2.2. CCR collaborative staging scope).
[0-8] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
9 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning
R Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18.

Table
Revision (T29)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '9' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T30 – CS lymph nodes

Acronym: TCSLNODE

Description: The site-specific code identifying the regional lymph nodes involved with cancer at time of diagnosis.

This data item is used by the algorithm to derive the AJCC N code according to the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition (2004 – 2009), seventh edition (2010 onwards).

Site-specific codes provide extensive detail describing disease extent. 

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

For CS Version input current = NULL (CS version 1) (field must be left justified)

Table
Specific values & meaning (T30)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[00-98] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
99 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

For CS Version input current >= '020000' and not '999999' (CS version 2)

Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[000-998] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T30)
Year Description
2010 Length: Value modified from 2 to 3 in length. Make sure field is left justified. Example items for CSV1 come in '99_'.
Specific values & meaning: Values modified to accept 3 digit values and converted values for CSV2 consistent coding.
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '99' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T31 – CS lymph nodes eval

Acronym: TCSLNEVAL

Description: CS regional nodes evaluation: the code indicating how the 'CS Lymph Nodes' code was determined based on the diagnostic methods employed.

This data item is used in CS to identify whether the N (of AJCC TNM) was clinically or pathologically diagnosed and by what method 'CS lymph nodes eval' is used to calculate the Derived AJCC nodes descriptor.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T31)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[0-8] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
9 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
R Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T31)
Year Description
2010 Changed variable name:  Was formerly CS reg nodes eval. Acronym changed from TCSRNEVAL to TCSLNEVAL
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '9' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T32 – Regional nodes examined

Acronym: TCSRNEXAM

Description: The total number of regional lymph nodes that were removed and examined by the pathologist.

Based on pathologic (microscopic) information only.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning(T32)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2. CCR collaborative staging scope).
[00-98] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
99 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T32)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '99' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T33 – Regional nodes positive

Acronym: TCSRNPOS

Description: The exact number of regional lymph nodes examined by the pathologist and found to contain metastases.

Based on pathologic (microscopic) information only.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T33)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[00-98] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
99 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T33)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '99' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T34 – CS mets at dx

Acronym: TCSMDIAG

Description: CS metastases at diagnosis: the code identifying the distant site(s) of metastatic involvement at time of diagnosis.

This data item is used by the algorithm to derive the AJCC M code according to the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition (2004 – 2009), seventh edition (2010 onwards).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T34)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[00-98] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
99 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T34)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '99' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T35 – CS mets eval

Acronym: TCSMEVAL

Description: CS metastases evaluation: the code indicating how 'CS mets at dx' was determined based on the diagnostic methods employed.

This data item is used in CS to identify whether the M (of AJCC TNM) was clinically or pathologically diagnosed and by what methods 'CS mets eval' is used to calculate the Derived AJCC M descriptor.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T35)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[0-8] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
9 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
R Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T35)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Meaning of value '9' modified
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52

T36 – CS site-specific factor 1

Acronym: TCSSSF1

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T36)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope)
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 1
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T36)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T37 – CS site-specific factor 2

Acronym: TCSSSF2

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T37)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 2.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T37)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T38 – CS site-specific factor 3

Acronym: TCSSSF3

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T38)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 3.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T38)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T39 – CS site-specific factor 4

Acronym: TCSSSF4

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T39)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 4.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T39)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T40 – CS site-specific factor 5

Acronym: TCSSSF5

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T40)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope)
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 5.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T40)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T41 – CS site-specific factor 6

Acronym: TCSSSF6

Description: The code identifying additional site-specific information needed to derive TNM or AJCC stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival. 

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to all 6 of the factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '888' (Not applicable).

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T41)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope.
888 Not applicable; specific schema does not use CS site-specific factor 6.
999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
[others] See the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
Some values in the range may be invalid depending on site.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T41)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: Code 888 specified for schemas that do not use the site-specific factor. Meaning of value '999' has also been modified.
Related edits changed: See TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41 and TVAL52.

T42 – AJCC clinical T

Acronym: TAJCCCLINT

Description: The site-specific code evaluating the primary tumour clinically (T) and reflects the tumour size and/or extension as recorded.

Clinical stage is assigned prior to any cancer-directed treatment and should not be changed based on subsequent information.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 9

Table
Specific values & meaning (T42)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
TX Primary tumour cannot be assessed (all reasonable clinical manoeuvres have been used).
T0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
Tis
TisDCIS
TisLCIS
TisPagets
T1
T1mic
T1a
T1b
T1c
T2
T2a
T2b
T2c
T3
T3a
T3b
T4
T4a
T4b
T4c
T4d
99 AJCC clinical T is unknown.
RRRRRRRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL42, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR21, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T42)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T43 – AJCC clinical N

Acronym: TAJCCCLINN

Description: The site-specific code identifying the absence or presence of clinical regional lymph node (N) metastasis and describes the extent of regional lymph node metastasis as recorded. 

Clinical stage is assigned prior to any cancer-directed treatment and should not be changed based on subsequent information.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T43)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
NX Regional lymph nodes cannot be assessed (all reasonable clinical manoeuvres have been used).
N0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
N1
N2
N2a
N2b
N3
N3a
N3b
N3c
99 AJCC clinical N is unknown.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL43, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR21, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T43)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T44 – AJCC clinical M

Acronym: TAJCCCLINM

Description: The site-specific code identifying the presence or absence of clinical distant metastasis (M) as recorded.

Clinical stage is assigned prior to any cancer-directed treatment and should not be changed based on subsequent information. 

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T44)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
MX Distant metastasis cannot be assessed (all reasonable clinical manoeuvres have been used).
M0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
M1
M1a
M1b
M1c
99 AJCC clinical M is unknown.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL44, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR21, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T44)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T45 – AJCC pathologic T

Acronym: TAJCCPATHT

Description: The site-specific code evaluating the primary tumour pathologically (T) and reflects the tumour size and/or extension as recorded. 

Pathological stage uses all data for clinical staging; the evidence acquired before treatment, supplemented or modified by the additional evidence acquired during and from surgery, particularly from pathologic examination.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 9

Table
Specific values & meaning (T45)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
TX Primary tumour cannot be assessed (all reasonable pathologic manoeuvres have been used).
T0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
Tis
TisDCIS
TisLCIS
TisPagets
T1
T1mic
T1a
T1b
T1c
T2
T2a
T2b
T2c
T3
T3a
T3b
T4
T4a
T4b
T4c
T4d
99 AJCC pathologic T is unknown.
RRRRRRRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL45, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T45)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T46 – AJCC pathologic N

Acronym: TAJCCPATHN

Description: The site-specific code identifying the absence or presence of pathological regional lymph node (N) metastasis and describes the extent of regional lymph node metastasis as recorded. 

Pathological stage uses all data for clinical staging; the evidence acquired before treatment, supplemented or modified by the additional evidence acquired during and from surgery, particularly from pathologic examination.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 6

Table
Specific values & meaning (T46)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
NX Regional lymph nodes cannot be assessed (all reasonable pathologic manoeuvres have been used).
N0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
N0i-
N0i+
N0mol-
N0mol+
N1
N1mi
N1a
N1b
N1c
N2
N2a
N2b
N3
N3a
N3b
N3c
99 AJCC pathologic N is unknown.
RRRRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL46, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T46)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T47 – AJCC pathologic M

Acronym: TAJCCPATHM

Description: The site-specific code identifying the presence or absence of pathological distant metastasis (M) as recorded.

Pathological stage uses all data for clinical staging; the evidence acquired before treatment, supplemented or modified by the additional evidence acquired during and from surgery, particularly from pathologic examination.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning (T47)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
MX Distant metastasis cannot be assessed (all reasonable pathologic manoeuvres have been used).
M0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
M1
M1a
M1b
M1c
99 AJCC pathologic M is unknown.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL47, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR22, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T47)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T48 – AJCC clinical TNM stage group

Acronym: TAJCCCLINSG

Description: The site-specific code identifying the anatomic extent of disease based on the clinical T, N and M elements as recorded in TNM Clinical T, N and M fields.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 4

Table
Specific values & meaning (T48)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
X All reasonable clinical manoeuvres have been used, but Clinical TNM values do not lead to a certain, specific stage group.
0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
I
II
IIA
IIB
III
IIIA
IIIB
IIIC
IV
99 AJCC clinical TNM stage group is unknown: no clinical manoeuvres have been used; unknown if clinical manoeuvres have been used.
RRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL48, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR21, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T48)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T49 – AJCC pathologic TNM stage group

Acronym: TAJCCPATHSG

Description: The site-specific code identifying the anatomic extent of disease based on the pathologic T, N and M elements as recorded in TNM Pathologic T, N and M fields.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 4

Table
Specific values & meaning (T49)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
X All reasonable pathologic manoeuvres have been used, but Pathologic TNM values do not lead to a certain, specific stage group.
0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
I
II
IIA
IIB
III
IIIA
IIIB
IIIC
IV
99 AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is unknown: no pathologic manoeuvres have been used; unknown if pathologic manoeuvres have been used.
RRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL49, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR22, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T49)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T50 – AJCC TNM stage group

Acronym: TAJCCSG

Description: The site-specific code identifying the stage group when Clinical / Pathologic T, N, M values are incomplete and do not lead to a Clinical / Pathologic stage group.

Effective: Reference years 2003 to 2007.

Length: 4

Table
Specific values & meaning (T50)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope).
0 Site-specific meaning
See AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition for exact meaning.
I
II
IIA
IIB
III
IIIA
IIIB
IIIC
IV
99 AJCC TNM stage group is unknown.
RRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL50, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR20, TCOR23, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T50)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.

T51 – AJCC edition number

Acronym: TAJCCEDNUM

Description: Identifies the edition of the Cancer Staging Manual used to stage the case. TNM codes have changed over time and conversion is not always possible. Therefore, a case-specific indicator is needed to allow grouping of cases for comparison.

Effective: Reference yeasr 2003 to 2007.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T51)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope (see section 1.1.2.3 CCR AJCC TNM staging scope)
00 Not staged (AJCC/UICC staging scheme applies however site not staged)
01 AJCC sixth edition
02 AJCC seventh edition
11 International union against cancer (UICC) sixth edition
12 International union against cancer (UICC) seventh edition
98 AJCC staged, but the edition is unknown
99 UICC staged, but the edition is unknown
RR Reported data rejected by CCR system (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL51, TCOR1, TCOR19, TCOR24

Table
Revision (T51)
Year Description
2009 Variable no longer reported.
2004 Value '88' (Not applicable: cases that do not have an AJCC/UICC staging scheme) has been removed since every tumour included in CCR AJCC TNM staging scope(see section 1.1.2.3) has an AJCC staging scheme.

T52 – CS Version input original

Acronym: CSVERINORIG

Description: Indicates the number of the version used to initially code Collaborative staging fields. The data item should be entered at the time the CS fields are first coded and the algorithm first applied. If the calculation algorithm is not called at the time of the initial abstracting, the CS Version input original could also be entered manually by the abstractor.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 6

Table
Specific values & meaning (T52)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible CS Version input original codes for meaning.
999999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RRRRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T52)
Year Description
2010 Changed variable name: Was formerly CS version 1st. Acronym changed from TCSFVER to TCSVERINORIG
2007 New field added: Was formerly TD19 – CS Version 1st.

T53– Ambiguous terminology diagnosis

Acronym: TAMBIGTERM

Description: Identifies all cases, including death certificate only and autopsy only, for which an ambiguous term is used to establish a cancer diagnosis (for example, to determine whether or not the case is reportable). Ambiguous terminology may originate from any source document, such as pathology report, radiology report, or from a clinical report. This data item is used only when ambiguous terminology is used to establish diagnosis. It is not used when ambiguous terminology is used to clarify a primary site, specific histology, histologic group, or stage of disease. It is not used if there is any conclusive statement of a cancer diagnosis in the medical record.

This data item will identify specific primary sites where the ambiguous terminology is commonly used to describe or establish a cancer diagnosis.

Refer to the SEER Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules Manual (page 335-337) for more details on definitions, time frames, coding instructions and examples.

Refer to the CCR Appendix I (Part II – CCR System Guide): Guidelines for Ambiguous Terms, as referenced in T12 (date of diagnosis).

Effective: Reference year 2008 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning (T53)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Conclusive terminology of cancer diagnosis in medical record
0 Conclusive terminology within 60 days of original diagnosis
1 Ambiguous terminology only (includes all diagnostic methods except cytology)
2 Ambiguous terminology followed by conclusive terminology (more than 60 days after initial diagnosis)
9 Unknown terminology (no information about ambiguous terminology)

Related edits: TVAL53, TCOR1, TCOR26, TCOR29

Table
Revision (T53)
Year Description
2008 New variable must be reported

T54– Date of conclusive diagnosis

Acronym: TDATCONCLUSDIAG

Description: The date when a conclusive cancer diagnosis (definite statement of malignancy) is made following an initial diagnosis that was based only on ambiguous terminology. Change the code for data item "Ambiguous terminology diagnosis" from a 1 to a 2 and enter the date that the malignancy was described clearly and definitively in "Date of conclusive diagnosis". The date of the conclusive diagnosis must be greater than 60 days following the initial (ambiguous terminology only) diagnosis.

Refer to the SEER Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules Manual (page 338) for more details on definitions, time frames and examples.

Effective: Reference year 2008 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (T54)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Cancer diagnosis based initially on conclusive terminology
[2008-xxxx] Year of conclusive diagnosis (2008 to current reference year)
0000 Accessioned based on ambiguous terminology only (Code 1 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
8888 Not applicable, initial diagnosis made by conclusive diagnosis within 60 days of original diagnosis (Code 0 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
9999 Year unknown for conclusive diagnosis made after Ambiguous terminology diagnosis
Table
MM (T54)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Cancer diagnosis based initially on conclusive terminology
[01-12] Month of conclusive diagnosis (January – December)
00 Accessioned based on Ambiguous terminology diagnosis only (Code 1 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
88 Not applicable, initial diagnosis made by conclusive diagnosis within 60 days of original diagnosis (Code 0 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
99 Month unknown for conclusive diagnosis made after Ambiguous terminology diagnosis
Table
DD (T54)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Cancer diagnosis based initially on conclusive terminology
[01-31] Day of diagnosis
00 Accessioned based on ambiguous terminology diagnosis only (Code 1 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
88 Not applicable, initial diagnosis made by conclusive diagnosis within 60 days of original diagnosis (Code 0 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)
99 Day unknown for conclusive diagnosis made after Ambiguous terminology diagnosis

Related edits: TVAL54, TCOR1, TCOR26, TCOR29, TCOR30.

Table
Revision (T54)
Year Description
2008 New variable must be reported

T55– Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary

Acronym: TMULTTUMONEPRIM

Description: This data item is used to identify the type of multiple tumours in cases with multiple tumours that are abstracted and reported as a single primary using the SEER multiple primary rules.

Multiple tumours may individually exhibit in situ, invasive, or a combination of in situ and invasive behaviours.

Multiple intracranial and central nervous system tumours may individually exhibit benign, borderline, or a combination of these behaviours.

Multiple tumours found in the same organ or in a single primary site may occur at the time of initial diagnosis or later.

Refer to the SEER Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules Manual (page 342-343) for more details on definitions, time frames and examples.

Effective: Reference year 2008 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning (T55)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Variable not used
00 Single tumour
10 Multiple benign (intracranial and CNS sites only)
11 Multiple borderline
12 Benign (intracranial and CNS sites only) and borderline
20 Multiple in situ
30 In situ and invasive
31 Polyp and adenocarcinoma
32 Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP) with carcinoma
40 Multiple invasive or
Two or more invasive tumours plus one or more in situ tumours
80 Unknown in situ or invasive
88 Not Applicable for this site
99 Unknown

Related edits: TVAL55, TCOR1, TCOR27, TCOR31, TCOR32, TCOR33, TCOR34, TCOR35

Table
Revision (T55)
Year Description
2008 New variable must be reported

T56– Date of multiple tumours

Acronym: TDATMULT

Description: This data item is used to identify the year, month and day the patient is diagnosed with multiple tumours reported as a single primary. Use the SEER multiple primary rules for that specific site to determine whether the tumours are a single primary or multiple primaries.

Refer to the SEER Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules Manual (page 341) for more details on definitions, time frames and examples.

Effective: Reference year 2008 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (T56)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Variable not used
[2008-xxxx] Year of Date of multiple tumours (2008 to current reference year)
0000 Single tumour
8888 Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site
9999 Year of Date of multiple tumours is unknown
Table
MM (T56)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Variable not used
[01-12] Month of Date of multiple tumours (January – December)
00 Single tumour
88 Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site
99 Month of Date of multiple tumours is unknown
Table
DD (T56)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Variable not used
[01-31] Day of Date of multiple tumours
00 Single tumour
88 Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site
99 Day of Date of multiple tumours is unknown

Related edits: TVAL56, TCOR1, TCOR27, TCOR33, TCOR34, TCOR35

Table
Revision (T56)
Year Description
2008 New variable must be reported

T57– Multiplicity counter

Acronym: TMULTCOUNT

Description: This data item is used to count the number of tumours (multiplicity) that are reported as a single primary, when present at the time of diagnosis. Do not count metastatic tumours.

Refer to the SEER Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules Manual (page 339-340) for more details on definitions, time frames and examples.

Once a case has documented multiple tumours in the Multiplicity Counter, do not update the counter. Do not continue to add subsequent lesions.

Example:

  • 2 tumours at diagnosis; enter 02
  • If a third tumour is diagnosed later which is considered part of the same primary, do not update Multiplicity Counter to 03

Examples of when to use code "88":

  • Essential Thrombocythemia (ICD-O-3 Histology of 9962/3)
  • All lymphomas, leukemias and immunoproliferative (ICD-O-3 Histology 9590-9989)
  • Multiple myeloma (ICD-O-3 Histology 9732)
  • Myelodysplastic syndromes (ICD-O-3 Histology 9980-9989)
  • EXCEPT ICD-O-3 Histology 9731, 9734, 9740, 9750, 9755, 9756, 9757, 9758, 9930

Effective: Reference year 2008 and onwards.

Length: 2

Refer to coding manual for detailed coding instructions.

Table
Specific values & meaning (T57)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2008, leave the field blank
–or–
Information on multiple tumours not collected
01-87 Number of tumours present
88 Information on multiple tumours not applicable to this site (see examples above)
99 Multiple tumours present, unknown how many; unknown if single or multiple tumours

Related edits: TVAL57, TCOR1, TCOR27, TCOR33, TCOR34, TCOR35

Table
Revision (T57)
Year Description
2008 New variable must be reported

T58 – Date of diagnosis flag

Acronym: TDATDIAGFLAG

Description: This flag explains why no appropriate value is in the field, Date of diagnosis.

Prior to 2010, date fields included codes that provided information other thandates. As part of an initiative to standardize date fields, new fields were introduced to accommodate non-date information that had previously been transmitted in date fields.

This is part of the initiative of the transformation from the old date standards to interoperable dates (NAACCR standards).

The complete flavours of null table (appendix K – Part II – CCR system Guide), includes the NAACCR codes, HL7 codes and definitions. Use code 12 when date of diagnosis is unknown.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T58)
Value Meaning
[Blank] A valid date value is provided in item Date of diagnosis, or the date was not expected to have been transmitted
12 A proper value is applicable but not known (for example, Date of diagnosis is unknown)

Related edits: TVAL58

Table
Revision (T58)
Year Description
2010 New variable must be reported

T59 – Date of conclusive diagnosis flag

Acronym: TDATCONCLUSDIAGFLAG

Description:This flag explains why no appropriate value is in the field, Date of conclusive diagnosis.

Prior to 2010, date fields included codes that provided information other than
dates. As part of an initiative to standardize date fields, new fields were introduced to accommodate non-date information that had previously been transmitted in date fields.

This is part of the initiative of the transformation from the old date standards to interoperable dates (NAACCR standards).

The complete flavours of null table (appendix K – Part II – CCR system Guide), includes the NAACCR codes, HL7 codes and definitions. Use code 12 when date of conclusive diagnosis is unknown.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T59)
Value Meaning
[Blank] A valid date value is provided in item Date of conclusive diagnosis, or the date was not expected to have been transmitted
10

No information whatsoever can be inferred from this exceptional (non-date) value. (for example, unknown if the diagnosis was initially based on ambiguous terminology).
11

No proper value is applicable in this context. (for example, not applicable, initial diagnosis made by unambiguous terminology (Code 0 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis)).
12

A proper value is applicable but not known (for example, the initial ambiguous diagnosis was followed by a conclusive term, but the date of the conclusive term is unknown).
15 Information is not available at this time, but it is expected that it will be available later (Code 1 in data item Ambiguous terminology diagnosis).

Related edits: TVAL59

Table
Revision (T59)
Year Description
2010 New variable must be reported

T60 – Date of multiple tumours flag

Acronym:TDATMULTFLAG

Description: This flag explains why no appropriate value is in the field, Date of multiple tumours.

Prior to 2010, date fields included codes that provided information other than dates. As part of an initiative to standardize date fields, new fields were introduced to accommodate non-date information that had previously been transmitted in date fields.

This is part of the initiative of the transformation from the old date standards to interoperable dates (NAACCR standards).

The complete flavours of null table (appendix K – Part II – CCR system Guide), includes the NAACCR codes, HL7 codes and definitions. Use code 12 when date of multiple tumours is unknown.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T60)
Value Meaning
[Blank]

A valid date value is provided in item Date of multiple tumours, or the date was not expected to have been transmitted
11

No proper value is applicable in this context (for example, information on multiple tumors not collected/not applicable for this site).
12

A proper value is applicable but not known. This event occurred, but the date is unknown (for example, patient was diagnosed with multiple tumours and the date is unknown.
15

Information is not available at this time, but it is expected that it will be available later (Information is not available at this time, but it is expected that it will be available later (for example, single tumour).

Related edits: TVAL60

Table
Revision (T60)
Year Description
2010 New variable must be reported

T61 – Grade Path Value

Acronym: TGRADEPATHVAL

Description: Describes the actual grade according to the grading system in Grade path system. This does not replace grade.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T61)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
– OR –
No Two, Three or Four system grade is available; unknown
1 Recorded as grade I or 1
2 Recorded as grade II or 2
3 Recorded as grade III or 3
4 Recorded as grade IV or 4

Related edits: TVAL61, TCOR1, TCOR36, TCOR37

Table
Revision (T61)
Year Description
2010 New variable must be reported

T62 – Grade Path Value

Acronym: TGRADEPATHSYS

Description: Indicates whether a two, three or four grade system is used.

This item is used to show whether a two, three or four grade system is used. This is the grade system stated in the path report; it is not converted. This item is used in conjunction with Grade path value and is abstracted in addition to Grade differentiation or cell indicator.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T62)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
– OR –
No Two, Three or Four system grade is available; unknown
2 Two-grade system
3 Three-grade system
4 Four-grade system

Related edits: TVAL62, TCOR1, TCOR36, TCOR37

Table
Revision (T62)
Year Description
2010 New variable must be reported

T63 – Lymph-vascular invasion

Acronym:TLYMPHVASINV

Description: Indicates whether lymphatic duct or blood vessel invasion (LVI) is identified in the pathology report.

This data item will record the information as stated in the record. Presence or absence of cancer cells in the lymphatic ducts or blood vessels is useful for prognosis.

Effective:With the implementation of CSV2.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T63)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to conversion to CSV2 leave the field blank.
0 Lymph-vascular invasion stated as not present
1 Lymph-vascular invasion present/identified
8 Not applicable
9 Unknown/indeterminate/not mentioned in path report
R Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL63, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T63)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported once CSV2 has been implemented.

T64 – CS Version input current

Acronym: TCSVERINCUR

Description: This data item belongs to the Collaborative Stage (CS) Data Collection System which is based on the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual, 6th and 7th editions. This item identifies the version after CS input fields have beenupdated or recoded. This data item is recorded the first time the CS input fields are entered and should be updated each time the CS input fields are modified. For cases originally coded under CSv1, upon conversionfrom CSv1 to CSv2, CS Version Input Current will be set to 020000, a special version number to reflect its conversion status.

Over time, the input codes and instructions for CS items may change. This item identifies the correct interpretation of input CS items.

CS Version Input Current is a 6-digit code (for example, 020100). The first two digits represent the major version number; the second two digits represent minor version changes; and, the last two digits represent even less significant changes, such as corrections of typographical errors that do not affect coding or derivation of results.

Effective:With the implementation of CSV2.

Length: 6

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T64)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Tumour outside the CCR collaborative staging scope or not yet converted to CSV2 (see section 1.1.2.2 CCR collaborative staging scope).
[others] Refer to Appendix A (Part III – CCR System Guide) – Core reference tables – Eligible CS version input current codes for meaning.
999999 Not staged if all other CS fields are '9' filled; otherwise see the recommended version of the Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions (see section 1.1.2.2) for exact meaning.
RRRRRR Reported data rejected by CCR system. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL27, TVAL28, TVAL29, TVAL30, TVAL31, TVAL32, TVAL33, TVAL34, TVAL35, TVAL36, TVAL37, TVAL38, TVAL39, TVAL40, TVAL41, TVAL52, TVAL63, TVAL64, TCOR1, TCOR18, TCOR37

Table
Revision (T64)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported once CSV2 has been implemented.

T65 – T83 CS site-specific factors 7-25

Acronym: TCSSSF7, TCSSSF8, TCSSSF9, TCSSSF10, TCSSSF11, TCSSSF12, TCSSSF13, TCSSSF14, TCSSSF15, TCSSSF16, TCSSSF17, TCSSSF18, TCSSSF19, TCSSSF20, TCSSSF21, TCSSSF22, TCSSSF23, TCSSSF24, TCSSSF25

Description: The codes identifying additional site-specific information needed to generate stage, or to code prognostic factors that have an effect on stage or survival.

Site-specific factors are used to record additional staging information needed by Collaborative Staging to derive TNM and/or SEER Summary Stage codes for particular site-histology schema.

Codes (The information recorded in each CS Site-Specific Factor differ for each anatomic site. See the most current version of the Collaborative Stage Data Collection System (http://cancerstaging.org), for rules and site-specific codes and coding structures.)

Many site-specific schemas do not use any of the Site-specific factors; other schemas use from 1 to many of the 25 factors. When the Site-specific factors are not used for a specific schema, the value will be entered as '988' (Not applicable).

Effective:With the implementation of CSV2.

Length: 3

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T65 -T83)
Value Meaning
[Blank] Site Specific factors not reported.
000-999 See the recommended version of the Collaborative Stage Data Collection System.
RRR Reported data rejected by CCR sytem. (For Statistics Canada use only)

Related edits: TVAL52, TVAL65 – TVAL83, TCOR1, TCOR18

Table
Revision (T65 - T83)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

T84 – CS Mets at Dx - Bone

Acronym: TCSMDXBONE

Description: Identifies the presence of distant metastatic involvement of bone at time of diagnosis.

The presence of metastatic bone disease at diagnosis is an independent prognostic indicator, and it is used by Collaborative Staging to derive TNM-M codes and SEER Summary Stage codes for some sites.

Note: This includes only the bone, not the bone marrow

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T84)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
0 none, no bone metastases
1 yes
8 not applicable
9 unknown whether bone is involved metastatic site

Related edits: TVAL84, TCOR1, TCOR38

Table
Revision (T84)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

T85 – CS Mets at Dx - Brain

Acronym: TCSMDXBRAIN

Description: The presence of metastatic brain disease at diagnosis is an independent prognostic indicator, and it is used by Collaborative Staging to derive TNM-M codes and SEER Summary Stage codes for some sites.

Note: This includes only the brain, not spinal cord or other parts of the central nervous system.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T85)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
0 none, no brain metastases
1 yes
8 not applicable
9 unknown whether brain is involved metastatic site

Related edits: TVAL85, TCOR1, TCOR38

Table
Revision (T85)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

T86 – CS Mets at Dx - Liver

Acronym: TCSMDXLIVER

Description: Identifies the presence of distant metastatic involvement of the liver at time of diagnosis.

The presence of metastatic liver disease at diagnosis is an independent prognostic indicator, and it is used by Collaborative Staging to derive TNM-M codes and SEER Summary Stage codes for some sites.

Note: This includes only the liver

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T86)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
0 none, no liver metastases
1 yes
8 not applicable
9 unknown whether liver is involved metastatic site

Related edits: TVAL86, TCOR1, TCOR38

Table
Revision (T86)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

T87 – CS Mets at Dx - Lung

Acronym: TCSMDXLUNG

Description: Identifies the presence of distant metastatic involvement of the lung at time of diagnosis.

The presence of metastatic lung disease at diagnosis is an independent prognostic indicator, and it is used by Collaborative Staging to derive TNM-M codes and SEER Summary Stage codes for some sites.

Note: This includes only the lung, not pleura or pleural fluid.

Effective: Reference year 2010 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Specific values & meaning
(T87)
Value Meaning
[Blank] For cases diagnosed prior to 2010, leave the field blank
0 none, no lung metastases
1 yes
8 not applicable
9 unknown whether lung is involved metastatic site

Related edits: TVAL86, TCOR1, TCOR38

Table
Revision (T87)
Year Description
2010 New Variable must be reported.

2.4 Derived tumour variables

The derived tumour variables are variables related to the tumour and copied/derived/calculated by the CCR system through various processes such as data loading, record linkage and death clearance. Table 13 lists all the derived tumour variables; the following pages describe these variables in more detail.

For convenience, variables are presented in order by variable number. The reader can easily find the page corresponding to any variable by looking for the variable number in the title. For example, age at diagnosis is described on page TD3 – Age at diagnosis.

Table 13
List of the derived tumour variables
Variable N° Variable Acronym
TD1 Processing date – Tumour record TDCCRDATPROC
TD2 Sequence number TDCCRSEQNUM
TD3 Age at diagnosis TDCCRAGEDIAG
TD4 Age group at diagnosis TDCCRAGEGRP
TD5 Survival interval TDDCSURVINT
TD6 Survival censor TDDCCENSOR
TD7 Derived AJCC T TDCSAJCCT
TD8 Derived AJCC N TDCSAJCCN
TD9 Derived AJCC M TDCSAJCCM
TD10 Derived AJCC T descriptor TDCSAJCCTDESC
TD11 Derived AJCC N descriptor TDCSAJCCNDESC
TD12 Derived AJCC M descriptor TDCSAJCCMDESC
TD13 Derived AJCC stage group TDCSAJCCSG
TD14 Derived AJCC flag TDCSAJCCF
TD15 Derived SS1977 TDCSSS1977
TD16 Derived SS1977 flag TDCSSS1977F
TD17 Derived SS2000 TDCSSS2000
TD18 Derived SS2000 flag TDCSSS2000F
TD19 CS version derived TDCSVERDER
TD20 Filler Not applicable

TD1 – Processing date – tumour record

Acronym: TDCCRDATPROC

Description: The date any action was last taken on the tumour record by Statistics Canada.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 8

Format: YYYYMMDD where YYYY stands for the year, MM stands for the month and DD stands for the day.

Table
Used by (TD1)
Process Read Write
Data Loading – posting No Yes*
Internal Record Linkage No Yes*
Death Clearance No Yes*
Tabulation Master File Yes No

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning
YYYY (TD1)
Value Meaning
[0000-9999] Year of the last action
Table
MM (TD1)
Value Meaning
[01-12] Month of the last action (January – December)
Table
DD (TD1)
Value Meaning
[01-31] Day of the last action
Table
Revision (TD1)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as TDATPROC

TD2 – Sequence number

Acronym: TDCCRSEQNUM

Description: A chronologic sequence number of multiple primaries for this patient since 1992.

This number does not represent an absolute sequence order of multiple primaries for this patient, as it does not consider any primary cancers that may have been diagnosed for this patient prior to 1992.

Note: The sequence number may change depending on the Multiple primary rules used ( CCR or IARC). As of 2007 the CCR has adopted SEER rules.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD2)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD2)
Value Meaning
[01-99] Sequence number
** Sequence number higher than 99
Table
Revision (TD2)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as TSEQNUM

TD3 – Age at diagnosis

Acronym: TDCCRAGEDIAG

Description: The patient's age in years at the time of diagnosis of the tumour.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 3

Format: NNN (fixed-Length, zero-left-padded)

Table
Used by (TD3)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD3)
Value Meaning
[000-998] Age
999 Age unknown (assigned when Date of birth is unknown)
Table
Revision (TD3)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as AGEDIAG

TD4 – Age group at diagnosis

Acronym: TDCCRAGEGRP

Description: A code that represents the range of years in which the Age at diagnosis falls.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD4)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

*See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD4)
Value Meaning
1 <1
2 1 to 4
3 5 to 9
4 10 to 14
5 15 to 19
6 20 to 24
7 25 to 29
8 30 to 34
9 35 to 39
10 40 to 44
11 45 to 49
12 50 to 54
13 55 to 59
14 60 to 64
15 65 to 69
16 70 to 74
17 75 to 79
18 80 to 84
19 85 to 998
20 999 (Age unknown)
Table
Revision (TD4)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as AGEGRP

TD5 – Survival interval

Acronym: TDDCSURVINT

Description: The number of days between the Date of diagnosis and the first of the following events: Death clearance cut off date or Date of death.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 5

Table
Used by (TD5)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD5)
Value Meaning
[0-99997] Number of days.
99998 Survival interval cannot be computed: Death Certificate Only (DCO) records, corresponding patient record never underwent Death clearance process or Date of diagnosis is after the Death clearance cut-off date.
99999 Survival interval cannot be computed: Corresponding patient Date of death is unknown.
Table
Revision (TD5)
Year Description
2007 Specific values & meaning: The survival interval for DCO cases cannot be computed and is subsequently recorded as '99998'. Text revised for clarification.
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as SURVINT.

TD6 – Survival censor

Acronym: TDDCCENSOR

Description: A code indicating whether the Survival interval was computed using the Date of death or the Death clearance cut-off date.

Effective: Reference year 1992 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD6)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD6)
Value Meaning
0 Survival interval was not computed.
1 Survival interval was computed using Date of death.
2 Survival interval was computed using Death clearance cut-off date.
Table
Revision (TD6)
Year Description
2004 Acronym changed: Formerly known as CENSOR.

TD7 – Derived AJCC T

Acronym: TDCSAJCCT

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'T' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC T can be used to evaluate disease spread at diagnosis, plan and track treatment patterns, and analyze outcomes.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD7)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD7)
Value Display string*
99 TX
00 T0
01 Ta
05 Tis
06 Tispu
07 Tispd
10 T1
11 T1mic
12 T1a
13 T1a1
14 T1a2
15 T1b
16 T1b1
17 T1b2
18 T1c
19 T1NOS
20 T2
29 T2NOS
21 T2a
22 T2b
23 T2c
30 T3
39 T3NOS
31 T3a
32 T3b
33 T3c
40 T4
49 T4NOS
41 T4a
42 T4b
43 T4c
44 T4d
88 Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run

* The meaning of the Display strings is explained for each site in the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition.

Table
Revision (TD7)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD8 – Derived AJCC N

Acronym: TDCSAJCCN

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'N' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC N can be used to evaluate disease spread at diagnosis, plan and track treatment patterns, and analyze outcomes.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD8)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD8)
Value Display string*
99 NX
00 N0
09 N0NOS
01 N0(i-)
02 N0(i+)
03 N0(mol-)
04 N0(mol+)
10 N1
19 N1NOS
11 N1a
12 N1b
13 N1c
18 N1mi
20 N2
29 N2NOS
21 N2a
22 N2b
23 N2c
30 N3
39 N3NOS
31 N3a
32 N3b
33 N3c
88 Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run

* The meaning of the Display strings is explained for each site in the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition.

Table
Revision (TD8)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD9 – Derived AJCC M

Acronym: TDCSAJCCM

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'M' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC M can be used to evaluate disease spread at diagnosis, plan and track treatment patterns, and analyze outcomes.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD9)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD9)
Value Display String*
99 MX
00 M0
10 M1
11 M1a
12 M1b
13 M1c
19 M1NOS
88 Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run

* The meaning of the Display strings is explained for each site in the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition.

Table
Revision (TD9)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD10 – Derived AJCC T descriptor

Acronym: TDCSAJCCTDESC

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'T descriptor' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC T descriptor can be used in analysis to differentiate the timing of staging with respect to the treatment process.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD10)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD10)
Value Meaning
c Clinical stage
p Pathologic stage
a Autopsy stage
y Cases in which staging classification is performed during or following initial multimodality therapy. Surgical resection performed after pre-surgical systemic treatment or radiation; tumour size/extension based on pathologic evidence.
N Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD10)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD11 – Derived AJCC N descriptor

Acronym: TDCSAJCCNDESC

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'N descriptor' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC N descriptor can be used in analysis to differentiate the timing of staging with respect to the treatment process.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD11)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD11)
Value Meaning
c Clinical stage
p Pathologic stage
a Autopsy stage
y Cases in which staging classification is performed during or following initial multimodality therapy. Lymph nodes removed for examination after pre-surgical systemic treatment or radiation and lymph node evaluation based on pathologic evidence.
N Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD11)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD12 – Derived AJCC M descriptor

Acronym: TDCSAJCCMDESC

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'M descriptor' component that is derived from coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC M descriptor is used in analysis to differentiate the timing of staging with respect to the treatment process.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD12)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD12)
Value Meaning
c Clinical stage
p Pathologic stage
a Autopsy stage
y Cases in which staging classification is performed during or following initial multimodality therapy. Pathologic examination of metastatic tissue performed after pre-surgical systemic treatment or radiation and extension based on pathologic evidence.
N Not applicable
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD12)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD13 – Derived AJCC stage group

Acronym: TDCSAJCCSG

Description: A code that represents the AJCC 'stage group' component that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm. Derived AJCC stage group can be used to evaluate disease spread at diagnosis, plan and track treatment patterns, and analyze outcomes.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 2

Table
Used by (TD13)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD13)
Value Display string*
00 0
01 0a
02 0is
10 I
11 INOS
12 IA
13 IA1
14 IA2
15 IB
16 IB1
17 IB2
18 IC
19 IS
23 ISA
24 ISB
20 IEA
21 IEB
22 IE
30 II
31 IINOS
32 IIA
33 IIB
34 IIC
35 IIEA
36 IIEB
37 IIE
38 IISA
39 IISB
40 IIS
41 IIESA
42 IIESB
43 IIES
50 III
51 IIINOS
52 IIIA
53 IIIB
54 IIIC
55 IIIEA
56 IIIEB
57 IIIE
58 IIISA
59 IIISB
60 IIIS
61 IIIESA
62 IIIESB
63 IIIES
70 IV
71 IVNOS
72 IVA
73 IVB
74 IVC
88 Not applicable
90 OCCULT
99 UNK
Blank CS algorithm was not run

* The meaning of the Display strings is explained for each site in the AJCC Cancer staging manual, sixth edition.

Table
Revision (TD13)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD14 – Derived AJCC flag

Acronym: TDCSAJCCF

Description: A code that indicates whether AJCC stage group was coded directly or derived from collaborative staging.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD14)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD14)
Value Meaning
1 AJCC 6th edition derived from Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions, version 01.04.01
2 Not valid for CCR
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD14)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD15 – Derived SS1977

Acronym: TDCSSS1977

Description: A code that represents the SEER Summary Stage 1977 component (anatomic extent of disease at diagnosis for cases diagnosed prior to January 1st, 2001) that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD15)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD15)
Value Meaning
0 IS (In Situ)
1 L (Localized)
2 RE (Regional, direct extension)
3 RN (Regional, lymph nodes only)
4 RE+RN (Regional, extension and nodes)
5 RNOS (Regional, NOS)
7 D (Distant)
8 NA (Not applicable)
9 U (Unknown/Unstaged)
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD15)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD16 – Derived SS1977 flag

Acronym: TDCSSS1977F

Description: A code that indicates whether Derived SS1977 was derived from collaborative staging.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD16)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD16)
Value Meaning
1 SS1977 derived from Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions, version 01.04.01.
2 Not valid for CCR.
Blank CS algorithm was not run.
Table
Revision (TD16)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD17 – Derived SS2000

Acronym: TDCSSS2000

Description: A code that represents the SEER Summary Stage 2000 component (anatomic extent of disease at diagnosis for cases diagnosed on or after January 1st, 2001) that is derived from CS coded fields using the CS algorithm.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD17)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD17)
Value Meaning
0 IS (In Situ)
1 L (Localized)
2 RE (Regional, direct extension)
3 RN (Regional, lymph nodes only)
4 RE+RN (Regional, extension and nodes)
5 RNOS (Regional, NOS)
7 D (Distant)
8 NA (Not applicable)
9 U (Unknown/Unstaged)
Blank CS algorithm was not run
Table
Revision (TD17)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD18 – Derived SS2000 flag

Acronym: TDCSSS2000F

Description: A code that indicates whether Derived SS2000 was derived from collaborative staging.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 1

Table
Used by (TD18)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD18)
Value Meaning
1 SS2000 derived from Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions, version 01.04.01.
2 Not valid for CCR.
Blank CS algorithm was not run.
Table
Revision (TD18)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

TD19 – CS version derived

Acronym: TDCSVERDER

Description: The version of the collaborative staging used most recently to derive the CS output fields at the CCR. This data item is recorded the first time the CS output fields are derived and should be updated each time the CS derived items are re-computed. The CS version number is returned as part of the output of the CS algorithm. The returned value from the program should be automatically stored as CS version derived. This item should not be updated manually.

Effective: Reference year 2004 and onwards.

Length: 6

Table
Used by (TD19)
Process Read Write
Data loading – posting No No
Internal record linkage No No
Death clearance No No
Tabulation master file Yes Yes*

* See corresponding section for calculation details.

Table
Specific values & meaning (TD19)
Value Meaning
[000000-999999] Version number
Blank CS algorithm was not run or field not implemented
Table
Revision (TD19)
Year Description
2010 Changed variable name: Was formerly CS version latest. Acronym changed from TDCSLVER to TDCSVERDER
2007 CS version latest (Formerly known as TD20 – CS version latest) replaces TD19.
Name: Formerly known as TD19 – CS Version 1st. 
Description: Data concerning CS version 1st is now collected as a tumour input variable as T52 – CS version input original (CS version 1 st).

TD20 –Filler

Acronym: Not applicable

Description: Filler: free space reserved for future requirement implementation.

This field will not be processed or returned by the CCR System.

Effective: Reference year 2006 and onwards.

Length: 6

Used by: Not applicable

Specific values & meaning: Not applicable

Table
Revision (TD20)
Year Description
2007 Name: Formerly known as TD20 – CS version latest (CS version derived).
Description: Field now converted to filler. Data concerning CS version latest is now derived as TD19 – CS version latest.

Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) System Guide – 2010 Edition

Part III – Core Reference Tables Appendix

Introduction

  • Canadian Cancer Registry overview
  • CCR System Guide: Document Organization
  • Part III document organization: Core Reference Tables
  • Changes to the Core Reference Tables for the 2009 and 2010 reference years
    Changes to the Core Reference Tables for the 2007 and 2008 reference years
  • Statistics Canada Contacts.

0.1 Canadian Cancer Registry Overview

The patient–oriented Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) evolved from the event–oriented National Cancer Incidence Reporting System (NCIRS). Beginning with cases diagnosed in 1992, incidence figures collected by Provincial and Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) have been reported to the CCR, which is maintained by Statistics Canada. Established as a person–oriented database, the CCR includes mechanisms for updating and clearing death records and is linked to provincial and territorial databases to help track patients across Canada who have been diagnosed with tumours.

0.2 CCR System Guide: Document Organization

The CCR System Guide has been separated into three parts to improve access and navigation. Although the three parts are separate, the three documents should be used in conjunction with each other. The different sections of the three–part CCR System Guide often refer to each other. The CCR System Guide is now composed of:

Part I: CCR Data Dictionary provides explanation on the reporting of data, including the scope and detailed information on the input and derived variables.

Part II: CCR Data Loading and Tabulation Master Files provides information on the data loading process, including in–depth descriptions of the various edits performed on the data. Part II also provides information on the Tabulation Master Files, including the scope, content and layout. Part II is followed by several appendices that contain supporting information such as explicit code set tables, guidelines to assist coders and other supportive information.

Part III: CCR Core Reference Tables provides detailed information on the CCR Core Reference Tables such as descriptions of the tables, their usage and any revisions made. Part III is an accompanying document to the CCR Reference Tables 2010.xls.

0.3 Part III Document Organization: Core Reference Tables

Appendix A – Core reference Tables – Describes in detail all CCR Core Reference Tables. An Excel spreadsheet is also included with supporting documentation about the tables.

Table
0.4 Changes to the Core Reference Tables for the 2009 and 2010 reference years

Item (s) Description of change Effective (reference year)
Eligible ICD-O-3 histology codes New codes added and changes made to behaviour codes as per the 2008 WHO Classification of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues. 2010
Valid site and laterality combinations Corrections to remove zeroes where zero was not an acceptable laterality code prior to 2007. Paired site: midline tumour: To allow code 5 and disallow code 9 for sixteen sites identified in the NAACCR edit.  2010
CS version 1st Table Name changed - CS version 1st to CS version input original 2010
Core reference tables – new table New core reference table - CS version input current 2010
Table
Changes to the Core Reference Tables for the 2007 and 2008 reference years
Item (s) Description of change Effective (reference year)
Core reference tables New core reference table - Invalid Site, Histology and Behaviour Combinations. 2008
Core reference tables Eligible Standard Geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 2006 to 2010. 2006
CCR core scope Updates to exception in topographies, and additions in topographies. 2007
Invalid Site and Histology combinations Content added: Year of diagnosis (lower and upper bound) specified further.
Combinations added : combinations of site and histology considered invalid following NAACCR guidelines.
Combinations updated: combinations of site and histology updated following NAACCR guidelines.		 2007
Invalid histology and behaviour combinations Content added: Year of diagnosis (lower and upper bound) specified further.
Addition of codes – addition of histology/behaviour combinations.		 2007
Valid Site and Laterality combinations Laterality codes new CCR meaning (see T19 in Data Dictionary).
Laterality codes removed.
Laterality codes added.
Laterality codes changed.
Content added:
Added notes column to provide additional information on corresponding site and laterality combination.		 2007
Equivalent Histologies Combinations updated – Highest histology (lower bound) adjusted.
Content added: Year of diagnosis (lower and upper bound) specified further		 2007
Eligible CS Version 1st New table added. 2007
  • Additional updates have been made, however only the changes that require action on the part of the PTCRs have been included in this table.
  • Note that changes effective in the 2006 vreference year have also been included here.

0.5 Statistics Canada Contacts

PTCRs employees are encouraged to bring forward any questions by contacting one of the following:

For additional information regarding the processing of CCR data, please contact:
Colette Brassard
Section Chief
Operations and Integration Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-7282
Fax: 613-951-0709
For any subject matter related questions/queries, please contact:
Kim Boyuk
Chief, Cancer Statistics
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-2510

Hollie Anderson
Manager, Canadian Cancer Registry
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: 613-951-0757
Fax: 613-951-0792

Appendix A

Core reference tables

This section describes all core reference tables, namely:

  • Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996;
  • Eligible province/territory or country codes in 1996 and after;
  • Eligible ICD-9 Cancer codes;
  • Eligible ICD-O-2/3 topography codes;
  • Eligible ICD-O-2 histology codes;
  • Eligible ICD-O-3 histology codes;
  • Eligible ICD-9 underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD);
  • Eligible ICD-10 underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD) from 2000 to 2002;
  • Eligible ICD-10 underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD) in 2003 and after;
  • Eligible Standard geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 1992 to 1995;
  • Eligible Standard geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 1996 to 2000;
  • Eligible Standard geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 2001 to 2005;
  • Eligible Standard geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 2006 to 2010;
  • Eligible Census tracts from 1992 to 1995;
  • Eligible Census tracts from 1996 to 2000;
  • Eligible Census tracts from 2001 to 2005;
  • CCR core scope;
  • ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table;
  • ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table;
  • Invalid site and histology combinations;
  • Invalid histology and behaviour combinations;
  • Valid site and laterality combinations;
  • Equivalent topographies for overlapping and unspecified sites;
  • Equivalent histologies;
  • Eligible CS version input original
  • Eligible CS version input current

These tables can be found in the spreadsheet named CCR reference tables 2010.xls.

Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996

Content

This code set contains:

  • All valid country codes before 1996 based on ISO 3166-11 standard.
  • 14 codes in range [900 to 998] added by Statistics Canada and representing different Canadian provinces and territories.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab country codes prior to 1996.

Code descriptions found in this document are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ISO publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: PVAL12 and PVAL15.

Table
Revision
(Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996)
Year Description
2004 Addition of codes:
On October 28, 2004, the director of the NWT Cancer Registry authorized the transfer of ownership of the 1992-1998 cancer patients on the Canadian Cancer Registry database whose addresses fall within the current geographic boundaries to the Nunavut Territories. In order to implement this change, Statistics Canada special code for Nunavut (962) has been added to the Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996.
1. International Standard ISO 3166-1, Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions—Part 1: Country codes, ISO 3166-1: 1997 (E/F), International Organization on Standardization (Geneva, 1997).

Eligible province/territory or country codes in 1996 and after

Content

This code set contains:

  • All valid country codes after 1996 based on ISO 3166-12.
  • 14 codes in range [900 to 998] added by Statistics Canada and representing different Canadian Provinces and Territories.
  • 2 codes in range [900 to 998] added by Statistics Canada and representing Former USSR (970) and Former Czechoslovakia (971).
  • 1 code added by Statistics Canada and representing the new ISO code for Ethiopia (231) as of 1997.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab country codes in 1996 and after.

Code descriptions found in this document are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ISO publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: PVAL12 and PVAL15.

Table
Revision
(Eligible province/territory or country codes in 1996 and after)
Year Description
1999 Addition of codes:
962 (Statistics Canada special code for Nunavut) has been added to reflect the creation of Nunavut territory.
1997 Addition of codes:
231 (ISO-1997 code for Ethiopia) has been added to reflect changes in ISO Country codes in 1997.
970 (Statistics Canada special code for Former USSR) and 971 (Statistics Canada special code for Former Czechoslovakia) have been added to comply with some Provincial Vital Statistics Offices.
2. International Standard ISO 3166-1, Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivision—Part 1: Country codes, ISO 3166-1: 1997 (E/F), International Organization on Standardization (Geneva, 1997).

Eligible ICD-9 cancer codes

Content

This code set contains:

  • ICD-9 codes for malignant neoplasm (140 to 208);
  • ICD-9 codes for benign neoplasm of brain and other parts of nervous system (225);
  • ICD-9 codes for carcinoma in situ (230 to 234);
  • ICD-9 codes for neoplasm of uncertain behaviour (235 to 238);
  • ICD-9 codes for neoplasm of unspecified nature (239).
  • ICD-9 codes for disease that were not associated to neoplasm in ICD-9 but are now associated to neoplasm in more recent classifications such as ICD-O-2:
    • 2731: ICD-O-2 morphology 9765/1.
    • 2732: ICD-O-2 morphology 9763/3.
    • 2733: ICD-O-2 morphology 9761/3.
    • 2849: ICD-O-2 morphology 9980/1.
    • 2850: ICD-O-2 morphology 9982/1.
    • 2898: ICD-O-2 morphology 9932/3.
  • 1 CCR System specific code (0000) to maintain referential integrity.

Note: Although most codes are 4 digits long, some codes are 3 digits long (for example ICD-9 175 Malignant neoplasm of male breast).

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-9 Cancer codes.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-9 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL13.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-9 Cancer codes)
Year Description
2004 Deletion of code:
1759: Non-ICD-9 code for 'Malignant neoplasm of male breast'. This code has been introduced to CCR in 1992 by ICD-O-2 to ICD-9 conversion program. Corresponding tumours have been recoded to ICD-9 code '175'.

Eligible ICD-O-2/3 topography codes

Content

This code set contains:

All ICD-O-2/3 topography codes (C00 to C80) including corrections from applicable errata.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-O-2-3 Topography codes.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-O-3 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL15.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-O-2 & 3 Topography codes)
Year Description
2004 Deletion of codes:
  • 0000: CCR specific code for 'Not applicable (topography reported in Field T13, or Field T18)'. This code has been removed since ICD-O-2/3 Topography is required for all reported tumours (explicitly reported by PTCR or converted from previous classifications).
  • C141: Not an existing ICD-O-2/3 Topography code. 1995 errata approved by the WHO removing C14.1 laryngopharynx and including the term under C13.9. Production tables did not contain any reference to this code. Thus, recoding is not needed.

Eligible ICD-O-2 histology codes

Content

This code set contains:

  • All ICD-O-2 histology codes (8000 to 9989) including corrections from applicable errata;
  • 12 North America specific codes (8148, 9688, 9708, 9710, 9715 to 9717, 9828, 9871 to 9874);
  • 1 CCR System specific code (0000) to maintain referential integrity.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-O-2 histology codes.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-O-2 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL16.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-O-2 Histology codes)
Year Description
2004 Addition of code:
0000: 'Not reported (Histology reported in field T21)'. CCR Specific code added to maintain referential integrity.
1998 Addition of codes:
9828, 9871, 9872, 9873 and 9874: New codes used in North America only.
1997 Addition of codes:
9688, 9708, 9710, 9715, 9716 and 9717: New codes used in North America only.
1996 Addition of codes:
8148: New code used in North America only.

Eligible ICD-O-3 histology codes

Content

This code set contains:

All ICD-O-3 Histology codes (8000 to 9989) including corrections from applicable errata.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-O-3 histology codes.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-O-3 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL21.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-O-3 Histology codes)
Year Description
2010 New codes and changes made to behaviour codes as per the 2008 WHO Classification of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues.

Eligible ICD-9 underlying cause of death codes (UCOD)

Content

This code set contains:

  • All ICD-9 underlying cause of death codes except 7680 and 7681.
  • 2 CCR specific codes:
    • 0000: Patient not known to have died.
    • 0009: Unknown cause of death.

Note: Although most of the codes are 4 digits long, some are 3 digits long.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-9 UCOD.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-9 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: PVAL17.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-9 Underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD))
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes (UCOD) from 2000 to 2002

Content

This code set contains:

  • All ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes (version 2000).
  • 2 CCR specific codes:
    • 0000: Patient not known to have died.
    • 0009: Unknown cause of death.

Note: Although most of the codes are 4 characters long, some are 3 characters long.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-10 UCOD from 2000 to 2002.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-10 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: PVAL17.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-10 Underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD) from 2000 to 2002)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes (UCOD) in 2003 and after

Content

This code set contains:

  • All ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes (version 2003).
  • 2 CCR specific codes:
    • 0000: Patient not known to have died.
    • 0009: Unknown cause of death.

Note: Although most of the codes are 4 characters long, some are 3 characters long.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab ICD-10 UCOD in 2003 and after.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official ICD-10 publication for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: PVAL17.

Table
Revision
(Eligible ICD-10 Underlying Cause of Death Codes (UCOD) in 2003 and after)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible Standard geographic classification (SGC) codes from 1992 to 1995

Content

This code set contains:

  • All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) from Standard Geographic Classification Codes – Version 1991. CSDuid use the format [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • CCR Specific codes:
    • [PR][CD]999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code and [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code. These codes represent an unknown CSD within a given province/territory and Census Division. There are as many codes as there are valid combinations of [PR] and [CD].
    • For example: "3501999" represents "Ontario – Census Division #1 – Unknown CSD".
    • "[PR]00999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code. These codes represent an unknown CD and CSD within a given province/territory. There are as many codes as there are valid [PR] codes (13).
    • For example: "3500999" represents "Ontario – Unknown CD and CSD".

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab SGC codes from 1992 to 1995.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official Standard Geographic Classification – 1991 for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL8.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Standard Geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 1992 to 1995)
Year Description
2004 Alteration of codes:
On October 28, 2004, the director of the NWT Cancer Registry authorized the transfer of ownership of the 1992-1998 cancer patients on the Canadian Cancer Registry database whose address fall within the current geographic boundaries to the Nunavut Territories. In order to implement this change, CD and CSD belonging to NWT but physically within the actual Nunavut boundaries have been migrated from NWT (61) to Nunavut (62). Thus, SGC codes starting with 6104, 6105 and 6108 (excluding 6208095- Holman) have been respectively updated to 6204, 6205 and 6208. Holman becomes 6107095.

Eligible Standard geographic classification (SGC) codes from 1996 to 2000

Content

This code set contains:

  • All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) from Standard Geographic Classification Codes – Version 1996. CSDuid use the format [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • CCR Specific codes:
    • "[PR][CD]999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code and [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code. These codes represent an unknown CSD within a given province/territory and Census Division. There are as many codes as there are valid combinations of [PR] and [CD].
    • For example: "3501999" represents "Ontario – Census Division #1 – Unknown CSD".
    • "[PR]00999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code. These codes represent an unknown CD and CSD within a given province/territory. There are as many codes as there are valid [PR] codes (13).
    • For example: "3500999" represents "Ontario – Unknown CD and CSD".

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab SGC codes from 1996 to 2000.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official Standard geographic classification – 1996 for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL8.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Standard Geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 1996 to 2000)
Year Description
2004 Alteration of codes:
On October 28, 2004, the director of the NWT Cancer Registry authorized the transfer of ownership of the 1992-1998 cancer patients on the Canadian Cancer Registry database whose address fall within the current geographic boundaries to the Nunavut Territories. In order to implement this change, duplicate CD and CSD related to NWT and Nunavut have been deleted: SGC codes starting with 6104, 6105 and 6108 (excluding 6208095– Holman which becomes 6107095).
1999 Addition of codes:
Due to Nunavut creation, new SGC codes have been added based on existing NWT SGC codes that fall within the geographic boundaries of the Nunavut Territories. SGC codes starting with 6204, 6205 and 6208 have been created based on their corresponding NWT SGC codes (SGC codes starting with 6104, 6105 and 6108 - excluding 6208095– Holman which becomes 6107095). Since corresponding SGC for NWT are still valid from 1996-1999, SGC codes starting with 6104, 6105 and 6108 have not been deleted.

Eligible Standard geographic classification (SGC) codes from 2001 to 2005

Content

This code set contains:

  • All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) from Standard Geographic Classification Codes – Version 2001. CSDuid use the format [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • CCR Specific codes:
    • "[PR][CD]999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code and [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code. These codes represent an unknown CSD within a given province/territory and Census Division. There are as many codes as there are valid combinations of [PR] and [CD].
    • For example: "3501999" represents "Ontario – Census Division #1 – Unknown CSD".
    • [PR]00999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code. These codes represent an unknown CD and CSD within a given province/territory. There are as many codes as there are valid [PR] codes (13).
    • For example: "3500999" represents "Ontario – Unknown CD and CSD".

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab SGC codes from 2001 to 2005.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer the to official Standard Geographic Classification – 2001 for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL8.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Standard Geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 2001 to 2005)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible Standard geographic classification (SGC) codes from 2006 to 2010

Content

This code set contains:

  • All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) from Standard Geographic Classification Codes – Version 2006. CSDuid is composed of [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • CCR Specific codes:
    • "[PR][CD]999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code and [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code. These codes represent an unknown CSD within a given province/territory and Census Division. There are as many codes as there are valid combinations of [PR] and [CD].
    • For example: "3501999" represents "Ontario – Census Division #1 – Unknown CSD".
    • "[PR]00999" where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code. These codes represent an unknown CD and CSD within a given province/territory. There are as many codes as there are valid [PR] codes (13).
    • For example: "3500999" represents "Ontario – Unknown CD and CSD".

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR Reference Tables 2010.xls under the tab SGC codes from 2006 to 2010.

Code descriptions are given for indication purpose only. Please refer to the official Standard Geographic Classification – 2006 for exact code description.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL8.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Standard Geographic Classification (SGC) Codes from 2006 to 2010)
Year Description
2006 New table

Eligible census tracts from 1992 to 1995

Content

This code set contains:
All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) with their associated Census Tract Unique Identifiers (CTuid) from the Geographic Attribute File – 1991.

  • [CSDuid] is composed of [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • [CTuid] is composed of [CMA][CTname] where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitan Area and [CTname] is the last six digits of the seven-digit Census Tract Name. The first digit, which is always zero, is dropped.

For implementation reasons, [CSDuid] not associated to any [CTuid] are associated with a CCR Specific [CTuid] of '000000.00' which represents a location outside of a Census Metropolitain Area.

CCR Specific codes:

  • [CTuid] = [CMA]999.99 where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitain Areas that have at least one Census Tract Name different than '0000.00'. These codes represent an unknown [CTname] with a given [CMA].
  • [CTuid] = '999999.99' represents an unknown [CMA] and [CTname].

For implementation reasons, all of the above codes are associated with a CCR specific [CSDuid] code of '0000000'. This [CSDuid] code has no meaning.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab census tracts from 1992 to 1995.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL9 and TCOR3.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Census Tracts from 1992 to 1995)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible census tracts from 1996 to 2000

Content

This code set contains:
All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) with their associated Census Tract Unique Identifiers (CTuid) from the Geographic Attribute File – 1996.

  • [CSDuid] is composed of [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • [CTuid] is composed of [CMA][CTname] where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitan Area and [CTname] is the last six digits of the seven-digit Census Tract Name. The first digit, which is always zero, is dropped.

For implementation reasons, [CSDuid] not associated to any [CTuid] are associated with a CCR Specific [CTuid] of '000000.00' which represents a location outside of a Census Metropolitain Area.

CCR Specific codes:

  • [CTuid] = [CMA]999.99 where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitain Areas that have at least one Census Tract Name different than '0000.00'. These codes represent an unknown [CTname] with a given [CMA].
  • [CTuid] = '999999.99' represents an unknown [CMA] and [CTname].

For implementation reasons, all of the above codes are associated with a CCR specific [CSDuid] code of '0000000'. This [CSDuid] code has no meaning.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab Census tracts from 1996 to 2000.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL9 and TCOR3.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Census Tracts from 1996 to 2000)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

Eligible census tracts from 2001 to 2005

Content

This code set contains:
All Census Sub-Division Unique Identifiers (CSDuid) with their associated Census Tract Unique Identifiers (CTuid) from the Geographic Attribute File – 2001.

  • [CSDuid] is composed of [PR][CD][CSD] where [PR] is a two-digit province/territory code, [CD] is a two-digit Census Division code and [CSD] is a three-digit Census Sub-Division code.
  • [CTuid] is composed of [CMA][CTname] where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitan Area and [CTname] is the last six digits of the seven-digit Census Tract Name. The first digit, which is always zero, is dropped.

For implementation reasons, [CSDuid] not associated to any [CTuid] are associated with a CCR Specific [CTuid] of '000000.00' which represents a location outside of a Census Metropolitain Area.

CCR Specific codes:

  • [CTuid] = [CMA]999.99 where [CMA] is a three-digit code for Census Metropolitain Areas that have at least one Census Tract Name different than '0000.00'. These codes represent an unknown [CTname] with a given [CMA].
  • [CTuid] = '999999.99' represents an unknown [CMA] and [CTname].

For implementation reasons, all of the above codes are associated with a CCR specific [CSDuid] code of '0000000'. This [CSDuid] code has no meaning.

Location

The official code set can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab census tracts from 2001 to 2005.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL9 and TCOR3.

Table
Revision
(Eligible Census Tracts from 2001 to 2005)
Year Description
Not applicable Not applicable

CCR core scope

Description
This table contains the necessary information to assess whether a tumour is included within the CCR core scope or not. Since the scope of the CCR may change based on the date of diagnosis, a date range qualifies each topography, histology and behaviour combination. See Section 1.1.2.1 CCR core scope for more details.

Content

  • Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the time frame where the ICD-O-2/3 topography, ICD-O-3 histology and ICD-O-3 behaviour combination is valid.
  • ICD-O-3 behaviour: Species the ICD-O-3 behaviour code accepted.
  • ICD-O-2/3 topography (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the range of ICD-O-2/3 topography codes accepted.
  • ICD-O-3 histology (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the range of ICD-O-3 histology codes accepted.

Usage

Tumour where the reported ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-3 histology/behaviour and the year of date of diagnosis combination cannot be found within the corresponding ranges in the table is considered to be outside the CCR core scope.

Limitations

This table should not be used to validate ICD-O-2/3 topography nor the ICD-O-3 histology codes since corresponding ranges include invalid values.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab CCR Core Scope.

Used by

Edit process: TCOR9.

Table
Revision
(CCR core scope)
Year Description
2007 Update: Exclusion of topographies C53._ (cervix) and C61.9 (prostate) for all histologies, for ICD-O-3 behaviour code 2 in situ/intraepithelial/non-invasive.

Addition of pituitary, craniopharyngeal duct and pineal gland (topographies C75.1, C75.2, C75.3) with behaviour codes of 0.
2004 New table

ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table

Description
This table has been created by Statistics Canada in cooperation with the Ontario cancer treatment and research foundation and the Fichier des Tumeurs du Québec. It has been designed to convert an ICD-9 Cancer code to ICD-O-2/3 topography and morphology and assess the coherence between:

  • Reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2/3 topography values;
  • Reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 histology values;
  • Reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 behaviour values.

For both cases (conversion and coherence checking), strong limitations are applicable. See 'Limitations' below.

The ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion is similar to the ICD-O-1 to ICD-O-2 conversion. The ICD-9 block of codes for primary malignant neoplasms is similar to the ICD-O-1 site codes and can be transformed into ICD-O-2 site codes. However, in this conversion, the ICD-9 non-malignant tumour codes are also converted. This conversion also provides a morphology code (which is more specific than the general "8000" code) for 104 of the 450 ICD-9 codes listed (Ex. ICD-9 code 200.0 converts to ICD-O-2/3 topography of C77.9 and ICD-O-2 Histology of 9593 and ICD-O-2 Behaviour of 3).

Content

This table contains converted ICD-O-2/3 topography, ICD-O-2 histology and behaviour for every CCR eligible ICD-9 cancer code.

This table contains the following fields:

  • ICD9: CCR eligible ICD-9 cancer code.
  • ICDO2/3T: Converted ICD-O-2/3 topography code.
  • ICDO2H:Converted ICD-O-2 histology code.
  • ICDO2B:Converted ICD-O-2 behaviour code.

Usage

  • Conversion from ICD-9 Cancer code to ICD-O-2/3 topography: ICD-O-2/3 topography is set to corresponding ICDO2/3T where reported ICD-9 Cancer code matches ICD9.
  • Edit between reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2/3 topography: reported ICD-O-2/3 topography must be equal to corresponding ICDO2/3T where reported ICD-9 Cancer code matches ICD9.
  • Edit between reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 histology: If reported ICD-O-2 histology code equals "8000" and corresponding ICD-O-2 histology (based on reported ICD-9 cancer code) does not equal to "8000", a warning indicating that "A more specific histology code could have been provided based on reported ICD-9 cancer code." must be sent. If reported ICD-O-2 histology does not equal "8000", nothing further can be done.
  • Edit between reported ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 behaviour: reported ICD-O-2 behaviour must be equal to corresponding ICD-O-2 behaviour where reported ICD-9 Cancer code matches ICD9.

Limitations

  • Table usage: this table has been created specifically for processing CCR data. It is not intended for other applications.
  • Converting non-malignant ICD-9 site codes: severe limitations exist in converting non-malignant ICD-9 site codes (225 and 230-239) to ICD-O-2 site codes due to broad site groupings which exist in ICD-9. Example: Single code 239.0, represents the entire digestive system. The comparable sites in ICD-O-2 are represented by 123 four-digit codes. For such cases, arbitrary equivalencies have been incorporated into the conversion. (This is the "Garbage In, Garbage Out" phenomenon - no detail is lost in the conversion process as there was no detail provided in the original code!)
  • Converted ICD-O-2 histology: In general, histological information is not represented in ICD-9 codes and, therefore, cannot always be transformed into precise ICD-O-2 histology codes. In addition, for codes that identify the histology of the tumour as well as the site, the histology code obtained through conversion will not be as specific as if directly coded with the ICD-O-2. Example: ICD-9 code 172._ represents "Malignant melanomas of the skin". It is therefore possible to convert code 172._ to the ICD-O-2 topography code for skin, which is C44._, and the ICD-O-2 histology code for "Melanoma, not otherwise specified", which is 8720. It should be noted that the histology code obtained through conversion is not as specific as if directly coded with the ICD-O-2 where a range of histology codes, 8720 to 8790, is available for different varieties of melanomas. This conversion provides a histology code (which is more specific than the general "8000" code) for only 104 of the 450 ICD-9 codes listed.
  • Extranodal lymphomas: It should be noted that all lymphomas, nodal and extranodal, are grouped together in the ICD-9 category of "Malignant neoplasms of lymphatic and haematopoietic tissue". It is not possible to identify extranodal lymphomas once they have been coded in ICD-9, therefore such information will not be available from converted data. This situation could result in differences in statistical tabulations. For example, lymphomas of stomach may be counted as lymphomas in ICD-9-based tabulations, as malignancies of stomach in ICD-O-2 site-based tabulations, or in the absence of explanatory notes to the contrary, they may be thought to be included with malignancies of stomach in converted ICD-O-2 site-based tabulations.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab Conversion ICD-9 to ICD-O-2.

Used by

  • Pre-Edit process: ICD-O-2/3 topography calculation.
  • Edit process: TCOR6.
Table
Revision
(ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table)
Year Description
2004 Update:
ICD-9 Cancer Code '232.8' is now associated to ICD-O-2/3 Topography code 'C44.8' instead of 'C44.9' (typo in old conversion table).
Addition:
ICD-9 Cancer Codes '2731', '2732', '2733', '2849', '2850' and '2898' have been added since the corresponding diseases are now considered to be related to neoplasm.

ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table

Description
This table is based on the "Conversion Of Neoplasms By Topography And Morphology From The International Classification Of Diseases For Oncology, Second Edition To International Classification Of Diseases For Oncology, Third Edition" (14/06/2001) produced by the Surveillance, Epidemiology and End Results Program (SEER) from National Cancer Institute (NCI). In some cases, PTCR conversion has been modified to meet Canadian specific requirements. The exceptions are documented in the table.

Content

This table contains converted ICD-O-3 histology and ICD-O-3 behaviour for every unique CCR eligible ICD-O-2 histology and behaviour combination. It also contains duplicate ICD-O-2 histology/behaviour entries when conversion depends on ICD-O-2/3 topography.

For coherence checking between reported ICD-O-2 and ICD-O-3 values (when applicable), this table also contains alternative conversion options.

This table contains the following fields:

  • ICDO2H: CCR eligible ICD-O-2 histology code.
  • ICDO2B: CCR eligible ICD-O-2 behaviour code.
  • ICDO2T (Lower and Upper bound): Range of ICD-O-2/3 topography codes for which the conversion is to be used.
  • ICDO3H: Converted ICD-O-3 histology code.
  • ICDO3B: Converted ICD-O-3 behaviour code.
  • Review Flag: An indicator that indicated that the conversion must be hand reviewed. Possible values are:
    '0': No reviewed required.
    '1': Review required.
    '2': Review optional (for optimal coding).
  • Conversion flag: When multiple conversions are possible, this indicator tells which entry must be used for conversion purpose. Possible values are:
    '0': Alternative conversion.
    '1': Primary conversion.
  • CCR specific flag: An indicator that indicates that the conversion has been changed from PTCR to meet Canadian specific requirements. Possible values are:
    '0': Compliant with PTCR: ICD-O-3 histology/behaviour and review flag not changed.
    '1': Altered from PTCR: ICD-O-3 histology/behaviour and/or review flag changed.

Usage

  • Conversion: Converted ICD-O-3 histology/behaviour are found in the table where reported ICD-O-2 histology matches ICDO2H, reported ICD-O-2 behaviour matches ICDO2B, reported ICD-O-2/3 topography is between ICDO2T_LB and ICDO2T_UB inclusively and conversion flag = 1. If review flag = 1, then a warning requesting for manual review of the conversion must be sent to the reporting jurisdiction.
  • Edit: Acceptable ICD-O-3 histology/behaviour values are found in the table where reported ICD-O-2 histology matches ICDO2H, reported ICD-O-2 behaviour matches ICDO2B, reported ICD-O-2/3 topography is between ICDO2T_LB and ICDO2T_UB inclusively. Other combinations are invalid. Conversion flag and review flag are ignored.

Limitations

  • This table should only be used for conversion from ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 (not the other way around) and coherence edits between ICD-O-2 and ICD-O-3 values.
  • This table must not be used to assess coherence among ICD-O-2 values nor ICD-O-3 values since it contains many possible histology and behaviour combinations from a subject-matter point of view.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab conversion ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3.

Used by

  • Pre-Edit process: ICD-O-3 histology and behaviour calculation.
  • Edit process: TCOR7.
Table
Revision
(ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table)
Year Description
2004 Update
Table has been reconstructed based on PTCR specification as of 14/06/2001.
CCR exceptions have been documented.
Addition
Table now incorporates conversion alternatives.

Invalid site and histology combinations

Description
This table contains invalid ICD-O-2/3 topography (site) and ICD-O-3 histology codes combinations.

Content

  • Site description: English description of the site.
  • ICD-O-2/3 topography (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the range of ICD-O-2/3 topography codes.
  • ICD-O-3 histology (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the range of ICD-O-3 histology codes.
  • Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper bound): Specifies the time frame for which the corresponding site and histology combinations are invalid.
  • Histology description: English description of the histology.

Usage

Tumours where the ICD-O-2/3 topography and ICD-O-3 histology combination is found within the corresponding ranges are invalid. Others are valid.

Limitations

This table should not be used to validate ICD-O-2/3 topography nor the ICD-O-3 histology codes since corresponding ranges include invalid values.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab invalid site and histology.

Used by

Edit process: TCOR10.

Table
Revision
(Invalid Site and Histology combinations)
Year Description
2007

Content added:
Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper Bound) is specified to indicate the time frame for when the corresponding site and histology combinations are invalid.

Combinations added:
Following the guidelines from NAACCR, these combinations of site and histology are considered invalid.

Peripheral nerves (ICD-O-2/3: C470-C479) – Melanomas (ICD-O-3: 8720-8790)
Connective tissue (ICD-O-2/3: C490-C499) – Melanomas (ICD-O-3: 8720-8790)
Brain (ICD-O-2/3: C710-C719) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8010-8671)
Brain (ICD-O-2/3: C710-C719) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
Other central nervous system (ICD-O-2/3: C720-C729) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8010-8671)
Other central nervous system (ICD-O-2/3: C720-C729) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Melanomas (ICD-O-3: 8720-8790)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Sarcomas, except periosteal fibrosarcoma (ICD-O-3: 8800-8811)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Sarcomas, except periosteal fibrosarcoma (ICD-O-3: 8813-8830)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Sarcomas, except periosteal fibrosarcoma (ICD-O-3: 8840-8921)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Sarcomas, except periosteal fibrosarcoma (ICD-O-3: 9040-9044)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Dermatofibrosarcoma (ICD-O-3: 8990-8991)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Mesenchymoma (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Mixed tumour, salivary gland type (ICD-O-3: 9120-9170)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Blood vessel tumour, Mesenchymal chondrosarcoma, and giant cell tumours (ICD-O-3: 9240-9252)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Nerve sheath tumour (ICD-O-3: 9540-9560)
Ill-defined sites (ICD-O-2/3: C760-C768) – Granular cell tumour and alveolar soft part sarcoma (ICD-O-3: 9580-9582)
Unknown Primary site (ICD-O-2/3: C809) – Melanomas (ICD-O-3: 8720-8790)

Combinations updated:
Following the guidelines from NAACCR, these combinations of site and histology have been updated.

Bone (ICD-O-2/3: C400-C419) – Carcinomas (except squamous cell) (ICD-O-3: 8010-8060)
Bone (ICD-O-2/3: C400-C419) – Carcinomas (except squamous cell) (ICD-O-3: 8075-8671)
Bone (ICD-O-2/3: C400-C419) – Carcinomas (except squamous cell) (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
Peripheral nerves (ICD-O-2/3: C470-C479) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
Meninges (ICD-O-2/3: C700-C709) – Carcinomas (ICD-O-3: 8940-8941)
2004

Combination removed:
Following the guidelines from NAACCR (NAACCR Record layout 10E version), these combinations of site and histology are no longer considered impossible anymore, therefore they should be accepted as valid for the CCR.

Lip (ICD-O-2/3: C000-C009) – Basal cell carcinoma (ICD-O-3: 8090-8098)
Rectosigmoid junction (ICD-O-2/3: C199) – Basal cell carcinoma (ICD-O-3: 8090-8098)
Rectum (ICD-O-2/3: C209) – Basal cell carcinoma (ICD-O-3: 8090-8098)
Anus and anal canal (ICD-O-2/3: C210-C218) – Basal cell carcinoma (ICD-O-3: 8090-8098)
Pleura and mediastinum (ICD-O-2/3: C381-C388) – Neuroendocrine carcinoma (ICD-O-3: 8246)

Invalid histology and behaviour combinations

Description
This table contains invalid ICD-O-3 histology and ICD-O-3 behaviour code combinations for every eligible ICD-O-3 histology code. For ease of reading, this table has not been normalized (ICD-O-3 behaviour column contains comma separated lists of invalid behaviour codes).

Contents

  • Histology description: English description of the ICD-O-3 histology codes range.
  • ICD-O-3 histology: ICD-O-3 histology code.
  • ICD-O-3 behaviour list: Comma separated list of all invalid ICD-O-3 behaviour codes for the corresponding ICD-O-3 histology. An empty list means that all ICD-O-3 behaviour codes are acceptable.
  • Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper Bound): Time frame for which the corresponding histology and behaviour combinations are invalid.
  • Comments: Provides additional information on the corresponding histology and behaviour combination.

Usage

Tumours where the ICD-O-3 histology and ICD-O-3 behaviour codes combination is found within the table are invalid. Others are valid.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab Invalid histology and behaviour.

Used by

Edit process: TCOR11.

Table
Revision
(Invalid Histology and Behaviour combinations)
Year Description
2007 Addition of codes:

The following Histology/Behaviour combinations have been added to keep CCR synchronized with NAACCR Meta-files:

CCR synchronized with NAACCR Meta-files:
Neoplasm (8000/2)
Tumour cells (8001/2)
Malignant tumour, small cell type (8002/2)
Malignant tumour, giant cell type (8003/2)
Malignant tumour, spindle cell type (8004/2)
Clear cell tumour (8005/2)
Squamous intraepithelial neoplasia, grade III (8077/3)
Serous cystadenoma, borderline malignancy (C56.9) (8442/0,2,3)
Papillary cystadenoma, borderline malignancy (C56.9) (8451/0,2,3)
Serous papillary cystic tumour of borderline malignancy (C56.9) (8462/0,2,3)
Mucinous cystic tumour of borderline malignancy (C56.9) (8472/0,2,3)
Papillary mucinous cystadenoma, borderline malignancy (C56.9) (8473/0,2,3)
Pilocytic astrocytoma (C71._) (9421/0,1,2)
2004

Addition of codes:
The following Histology/Behaviour combinations were missing from previous version: 8842/2 and 8921/2.
The following Histology/Behaviour combinations have been added to keep CCR synchronized with NAACCR Meta-files (revision 2005): Mesothelial neoplasms (905) with in situ behaviour (2).

Valid site and laterality combinations

Description
This table contains valid ICD-O-2/3 topography site and laterality codes combinations for every eligible ICD-O-2/3 topography code. Since valid site and laterality combinations may change based on the date of diagnosis, a date range qualifies each combination. For ease of reading, this table has not been normalized (Laterality column contains comma separated lists of valid laterality codes).

Content

  • Site description: English description of the ICD-O-2/3 topography code.
  • ICD-O-2/3 topography: ICD-O-3 code representing the site.
  • Laterality list: Comma separated list of all valid laterality codes for the corresponding ICD-O-2/3 topography.
  • Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper bound): Timeframe for which the corresponding site and laterality combination are valid.
  • Notes: Provides additional information for the ICD-O-2/3 topography such as exceptions to the laterality codes.

Usage

Tumours where the ICD-O-2/3 topography and laterality codes combination is found in the table for the appropriate year of diagnosis range are valid. Others are invalid.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab valid site and laterality.

Used by

Edit process: TCOR12.

Table
Revision
(Valid Site and Laterality combinations)
Year Description
2010 Laterality codes changed;

Corrections were made to remove zeroes where zero was not an acceptable laterality code prior to 2007 for sites C398; C418; C638; C688; C728.

Laterality codes added:

Paired site: midline tumour, code 5 was added for sixteen sites identified in the NAACCR edit. Paired brain and CNS sites (C700, C710 - C714 and C722-C725) as well as paired skin sites (C441-C443 and C445 - C447).
2007

Laterality codes have a new CCR meaning. See T19 in the Data dictionary for additional information.

Laterality codes removed:
Laterality codes have been removed from several sites (ICD-O-2/3: C129, C313, C318, C319, C398, C408, C409, C418, C444, C448, C449, C638, C688, C715, C716, C718, C719, C728, C739, C764, C765, C809). Laterality code '0' is the only eligible code for these sites.

Laterality codes added:
Laterality codes '1', '2', '3', '4', and '9' have been added to several sites (ICD-O-2/3: C300, C340, C413, C414, and C570). Note that several exclusions are indicated for these sites. These exclusions should be coded to '0'.

Laterality code '3' has been added to several sites (ICD-O-2/3: C70.0, C71.0-C71.4, and C72.2-C72.5).

Laterality codes changed:
Laterality codes have changed in several sites (ICD-O-2/3: C07.9, C08.0, C08.1, C09.0, C09.1, C09.8, C09.9, C30.1, C31.0, C31.2, C34.1, C34.2*, C34.3, C34.8, C34.9, C38.4, C40.0, C40.1, C40.2, C40.3, C44.1, C44.2, C44.3, C44.5, C44.6, C44.7, C47.1, C47.2, C49.1, C49.2, C50.0, C50.1, C50.2, C50.3, C50.4, C50.5, C50.6, C50.8, C50.9, C56.9, C62.0, C62.1, C62.9, C63.0, C63.1, C64.9, C65.9, C66.9, C69.0, C69.1, C69.2, C69.3, C69.4, C69.5, C69.6, C69.8, C69.9, C71.0, C71.1, C71.2, C71.3, C71.4, C74.0, C74.1, C74.9). Most of the changes are due to the addition of code '3' and code '4'.

Content added:
A Notes column has been added to provide additional information on the corresponding site and laterality combination.
2004

Table structure: A time range has been added to support changes to valid site and laterality combination based on the Date of Diagnosis. (for example: ovary before and after 1999)

Laterality codes removed:

  • CCRLaterality code '3' has been removed from the table since its an invalid Laterality code.
  • Laterality codes '1', '2' and '4' have been removed for Unknown primary site (ICD-O-2/3: C80.9) since the laterality cannot be known if the site is not known in the first place.
  • Laterality code '4' has been removed for Overlapping lesion of urinary organs (ICD-O-2/3: C68.8) (Typographic error in the former table.).

Laterality codes added:
Laterality codes '1', '2', '4', and '9' have been added for five Central Nervous System sites (ICD-O-2/3: C70,0, C72.2-C72.5). Laterality codes '3' and '4' have also been added to other sites (ICD-O-2/3: C71.0-C71.4)

Equivalent topographies for overlapping and unspecified sites

Description
This table contains equivalent ICD-O-2/3 topography codes for overlapping and unspecified sites.

Content

  • Highest topography: ICD-O-2/3 topography code of the tumour having the highest ICD-O-2/3 topography code numerically. (For example: C728 > C700)
  • Lowest Topography (Lower and Upper bound): ICD-O-2/3 topography code range of the tumour having the lowest ICD-O-2/3 topography code numerically. (for example: C388 < C398)

Usage

  • Two tumours are considered to have mutually equivalent topographies if the higher ICD-O-2/3 topography code (numerically) is found in the highest topography column and the lower ICD-O-2/3 topography code (numerically) is found within the corresponding lowest topography code range columns.
  • If both ICD-O-2/3 topography codes are identical, tumours have indeed equivalent topographies and thus there is no need to use this table.
  • If the higher ICD-O-2/3 topography code cannot be found in highest topography column, then the corresponding topography has no equivalent topography other than itself.

Limitations

This table should not be used to validate ICD-O-2/3 topography since corresponding range includes invalid values.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab equivalent topographies.

Used by

Edit process: DIM6.

Table
Revision
(Equivalent topographies for overlapping and unspecified sites)
Year Description
2004 Table has been updated to better reflect table usage notes. No subject matter related impact.

Equivalent histologies

Description
This table contains equivalent ICD-O-3 histology codes. This table is used for assessing multiple primary tumours for the CCR Tabulation Master File (TMF).

Content

  • Lowest histology (Lower and Upper bound): ICD-O-3 histology code of the tumour having the lowest ICD-O-3 histology code numerically. (for example: 8000 < 8010)
  • Highest histology (Lower and Upper bound): ICD-O-3 histology code of the tumour having the highest ICD-O-3 histology code numerically. (for example: 8046 > 8040)
  • Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper bound): Time frame for which the corresponding equivalent histologies are valid.

Usage

  • Two tumours are considered to have mutually equivalent histologies if the lower ICD-O-3 Histology code (numerically) is found within the lowest histology code range column and the higher ICD-O-3 histology code (numerically) is found within the corresponding highest histology code range column.
  • If the two ICD-O-3 histology codes are identical, tumours have indeed equivalent histologies and thus there is no need to use this table.
  • If the lower ICD-O-3 histology code cannot be found within the lowest histology code range, then the corresponding histology has no equivalent histology other than itself.

Limitations

This table should not be used to validate ICD-O-3 Histology since corresponding ranges include invalid values.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab equivalent histologies.

Used by

Edit process: DIM6.

Table
Revision(Equivalent Histologies)
Year Description
2007 Combinations updated
Highest histology (lower bound) was adjusted for two equivalent histology code ranges. Change is highlighted in yellow within the table.
Content added:
Year of diagnosis (Lower and Upper Bound) is specified to indicate the time frame for when the corresponding equivalent histologies are valid.
2004 Table has been updated to better reflect table usage notes. No subject matter related impact.

Eligible CS version input original

Description
This table contains eligible version numbers that can be used to code Collaborative staging fields for CSV1 and CSV2.

Content

  • CS version number: a list of acceptable version numbers used when coding Collaborative Staging (CS) fields
  • English Description: provides a description of the corresponding code in English
  • French Description: provides a description of the corresponding code in French

Usage

  • The version number used must be contained within this list. If the version number provided is not contained within this list, it is considered as an invalid version number.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab CS version input original.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL52.

Table
Revision
(Eligible CS Version input original)
Year Description
2010 Table Name changed - CS version 1st to CS version input original, Version numbers for CSV2 added to table.
2007 New table

Eligible CS version input current

Description
This table contains eligible version numbers that can be used to code Collaborative staging fields for CS version 2.

Content

  • CS version number: a list of acceptable version numbers used when coding Collaborative Staging version 2 (CSV2) fields
  • English Description: provides a description of the corresponding code in English
  • French Description: provides a description of the corresponding code in French

Usage

  • The version number used must be contained within this list. If the version number provided is not contained within this list, it is considered as an invalid version number.

Location

The table can be found in the document CCR reference tables 2010.xls under the tab CS version input original.

Used by

Edit process: TVAL27-TVAL41, TVAL52, TVAL63, TVAL64.

Table
Revision
Year Description
2010 New table

Monthly Retail Trade Survey (MRTS) Data Quality Statement

Objectives, uses and users
Concepts, variables and classifications
Coverage and frames
Sampling
Questionnaire design
Response and nonresponse
Data collection and capture operations
Editing
Imputation
Estimation
Revisions and seasonal adjustment
Data quality evaluation
Disclosure control

1. Objectives, uses and users

1.1. Objective

The Monthly Retail Trade Survey (MRTS) provides information on the performance of the retail trade sector on a monthly basis, and when combined with other statistics, represents an important indicator of the state of the Canadian economy.

1.2. Uses

The estimates provide a measure of the health and performance of the retail trade sector. Information collected is used to estimate level and monthly trend for retail sales. At the end of each year, the estimates provide a preliminary look at annual retail sales and performance.

1.3. Users

A variety of organizations, sector associations, and levels of government make use of the information. Retailers rely on the survey results to compare their performance against similar types of businesses, as well as for marketing purposes. Retail associations are able to monitor industry performance and promote their retail industries. Investors can monitor industry growth, which can result in better access to investment capital by retailers. Governments are able to understand the role of retailers in the economy, which aids in the development of policies and tax incentives. As an important industry in the Canadian economy, governments are able to better determine the overall health of the economy through the use of the estimates in the calculation of the nation’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP).

2. Concepts, variables and classifications

2.1. Concepts

The retail trade sector comprises establishments primarily engaged in retailing merchandise, generally without transformation, and rendering services incidental to the sale of merchandise.

The retailing process is the final step in the distribution of merchandise; retailers are therefore organized to sell merchandise in small quantities to the general public. This sector comprises two main types of retailers, that is, store and non-store retailers. The MRTS covers only store retailers. Their main characteristics are described below. Store retailers operate fixed point-of-sale locations, located and designed to attract a high volume of walk-in customers. In general, retail stores have extensive displays of merchandise and use mass-media advertising to attract customers. They typically sell merchandise to the general public for personal or household consumption, but some also serve business and institutional clients. These include establishments such as office supplies stores, computer and software stores, gasoline stations, building material dealers, plumbing supplies stores and electrical supplies stores.

In addition to selling merchandise, some types of store retailers are also engaged in the provision of after-sales services, such as repair and installation. For example, new automobile dealers, electronic and appliance stores and musical instrument and supplies stores often provide repair services, while floor covering stores and window treatment stores often provide installation services. As a general rule, establishments engaged in retailing merchandise and providing after sales services are classified in this sector. Catalogue sales showrooms, gasoline service stations, and mobile home dealers are treated as store retailers.

2.2. Variables

Sales are defined as the sales of all goods purchased for resale, net of returns and discounts. This includes commission revenue and fees earned from selling goods and services on account of others, such as selling lottery tickets, bus tickets, and phone cards. It also includes parts and labour revenue from repair and maintenance; revenue from rental and leasing of goods and equipment; revenues from services, including food services; sales of goods manufactured as a secondary activity; and the proprietor’s withdrawals, at retail, of goods for personal use. Other revenue from rental of real estate, placement fees, operating subsidies, grants, royalties and franchise fees are excluded.

Trading Location is the physical location(s) in which business activity is conducted in each province and territory, and for which sales are credited or recognized in the financial records of the company. For retailers, this would normally be a store.

Constant Dollars: The value of retail trade is measured in two ways; including the effects of price change on sales and net of the effects of price change. The first measure is referred to as retail trade in current dollars and the latter as retail trade in constant dollars. The method of calculating the current dollar estimate is to aggregate the weighted value of sales for all retail outlets. The method of calculating the constant dollar estimate is to first adjust the sales values to a base year, using the Consumer Price Index, and then sum up the resulting values.

2.3. Classification

The Monthly Retail Trade Survey is based on the definition of retail trade under the NAICS (North American Industry Classification System). NAICS is the agreed upon common framework for the production of comparable statistics by the statistical agencies of Canada, Mexico and the United States. The agreement defines the boundaries of twenty sectors. NAICS is based on a production-oriented, or supply based conceptual framework in that establishments are groups into industries according to similarity in production processes used to produce goods and services.

Estimates appear for 21 industries based on special aggregations of the 2007 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) industries. The 21 industries are further aggregated to 11 sub-sectors.

Geographically, sales estimates are produced for Canada and each province and territory.

3. Coverage and frames

Statistics Canada’s Business Register ( BR) provides the frame for the Monthly Retail Trade Survey. The BR is a structured list of businesses engaged in the production of goods and services in Canada. It is a centrally maintained database containing detailed descriptions of most business entities operating within Canada. The BR includes all incorporated businesses, with or without employees. For unincorporated businesses, the BR includes all employers with businesses, and businesses with no employees with annual sales that have a Goods and Services Tax (GST) or annual revenue that declares individual taxes.  annual sales greater than $30,000 that have a Goods and Services Tax (GST) account (the BR does not include unincorporated businesses with no employees and with annual sales less than $30,000).

The businesses on the BR are represented by a hierarchical structure with four levels, with the statistical enterprise at the top, followed by the statistical company, the statistical establishment and the statistical location. An enterprise can be linked to one or more statistical companies, a statistical company can be linked to one or more statistical establishments, and a statistical establishment to one or more statistical locations.

The target population for the MRTS consists of all statistical establishments on the BR that are classified to the retail sector using the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) (approximately 200,000 establishments). The NAICS code range for the retail sector is 441100 to 453999. A statistical establishment is the production entity or the smallest grouping of production entities which: produces a homogeneous set of goods or services; does not cross provincial boundaries; and provides data on the value of output, together with the cost of principal intermediate inputs used, along with the cost and quantity of labour used to produce the output. The production entity is the physical unit where the business operations are carried out. It must have a civic address and dedicated labour.

The exclusions to the target population are ancillary establishments (producers of services in support of the activity of producing goods and services for the market of more than one establishment within the enterprise, and serves as a cost centre or a discretionary expense centre for which data on all its costs including labour and depreciation can be reported by the business), future establishments, establishments with a missing or a zero gross business income (GBI) value on the BR and establishments in the following non-covered NAICS:

  • 4541 (electronic shopping and mail-order houses)
  • 4542 (vending machine operators)
  • 45431 (fuel dealers)
  • 45439 (other direct selling establishments)

4. Sampling

The MRTS sample consists of 10,000 groups of establishments (clusters) classified to the Retail Trade sector selected from the Statistics Canada Business Register. A cluster of establishments is defined as all establishments belonging to a statistical enterprise that are in the same industrial group and geographical region. The MRTS uses a stratified design with simple random sample selection in each stratum. The stratification is done by industry groups (the mainly, but not only four digit level NAICS), and the geographical regions consisting of the provinces and territories, as well as three provincial sub-regions. We further stratify the population by size.

The size measure is created using a combination of independent survey data and three administrative variables: the annual profiled revenue, the GST sales expressed on an annual basis, and the declared tax revenue (T1 or T2). The size strata consist of one take-all (census), at most, two take-some (partially sampled) strata, and one take-none (non-sampled) stratum. Take-none strata serve to reduce respondent burden by excluding the smaller businesses from the surveyed population. These businesses should represent at most ten percent of total sales. Instead of sending questionnaires to these businesses, the estimates are produced through the use of administrative data.

The sample was allocated optimally in order to reach target coefficients of variation at the national, provincial/territorial, industrial, and industrial groups by province/territory levels. The sample was also inflated to compensate for dead, non-responding, and misclassified units.

MRTS is a repeated survey with maximisation of monthly sample overlap. The sample is kept month after month, and every month new units are added (births) to the sample.  MRTS births, i.e., new clusters of establishment(s), are identified every month via the BR’s latest universe. They are stratified according to the same criteria as the initial population. A sample of these births is selected according to the sampling fraction of the stratum to which they belong and is added to the monthly sample. Deaths occur on a monthly basis. A death can be a cluster of establishment(s) that have ceased their activities (out-of-business) or whose major activities are no longer in retail trade (out-of-scope). The status of these businesses is updated on the BR using administrative sources and survey feedback, including feedback from the MRTS. Methods to treat dead units and misclassified units are part of the sample and population update procedures.

5. Questionnaire design

The Monthly Retail Trade Survey incorporates the following sub-surveys:

Monthly Retail Trade Survey - R8

Monthly Retail Trade Survey (with inventories) – R8

Survey of Sales and Inventories of Alcoholic Beverages

The questionnaires collect monthly data on retail sales and the number of trading locations by province or territory and inventories of goods owned and intended for resale from a sample of retailers. The items on the questionnaires have remained unchanged for several years. For the 2004 redesign, the general questionnaires were subject to cosmetic changes only. The questionnaire for Sales and Inventories of Alcoholic Beverages underwent more extensive changes. The modifications were discussed with stakeholders and the respondents were given an opportunity to comment before the new questionnaire was finalized. If further changes are needed to any of the questionnaires, proposed changes would go through a review committee and a field test with respondents and data users to ensure its relevancy.

6. Response and nonresponse

6.1. Response and non-response

Despite the best efforts of survey managers and operations staff to maximize response in the MRTS, some non-response will occur. For statistical establishments to be classified as responding, the degree of partial response (where an accurate response is obtained for only some of the questions asked a respondent) must meet a minimum threshold level below which the response would be rejected and considered a unit nonresponse.  In such an instance, the business is classified as not having responded at all.

Non-response has two effects on data: first it introduces bias in estimates when nonrespondents differ from respondents in the characteristics measured; and second, it contributes to an increase in the sampling variance of estimates because the effective sample size is reduced from that originally sought.

The degree to which efforts are made to get a response from a non-respondent is based on budget and time constraints, its impact on the overall quality and the risk of nonresponse bias.

The main method to reduce the impact of non-response at sampling is to inflate the sample size through the use of over-sampling rates that have been determined from similar surveys.

Besides the methods to reduce the impact of non-response at sampling and collection, the non-responses to the survey that do occur are treated through imputation. In order to measure the amount of non-response that occurs each month, various response rates are calculated. For a given reference month, the estimation process is run at least twice (a preliminary and a revised run). Between each run, respondent data can be identified as unusable and imputed values can be corrected through respondent data. As a consequence, response rates are computed following each run of the estimation process.

For the MRTS, two types of rates are calculated (un-weighted and weighted). In order to assess the efficiency of the collection process, un-weighted response rates are calculated. Weighted rates, using the estimation weight and the value for the variable of interest, assess the quality of estimation. Within each of these types of rates, there are distinct rates for units that are surveyed and for units that are only modeled from administrative data that has been extracted from GST files.

To get a better picture of the success of the collection process, two un-weighted rates called the ‘collection results rate’ and the ‘extraction results rate’ are computed. They are computed by dividing the number of respondents by the number of units that we tried to contact or tried to receive extracted data for them. Non-monthly reporters (respondents with special reporting arrangements where they do not report every month but for whom actual data is available in subsequent revisions) are excluded from both the numerator and denominator for the months where no contact is performed.

In summary, the various response rates are calculated as follows:

Weighted rates:

Survey Response rate (estimation) =
Sum of weighted sales of units with response status i / Sum of survey weighted sales

where i = units that have either reported data that will be used in estimation or are converted refusals, or have reported data that has not yet been resolved for estimation.

Admin Response rate (estimation) =
Sum of weighted sales of units with response status ii / Sum of administrative weighted sales

where ii = units that have data that was extracted from administrative files and are usable for estimation.

Total Response rate (estimation) =
Sum of weighted sales of units with response status i or response status ii / Sum of all weighted sales

Un-weighted rates:

Survey Response rate (collection) =
Number of questionnaires with response status iii/ Number of questionnaires with response status iv

where iii = units that have either reported data (unresolved, used or not used for estimation) or are converted refusals.

where iv = all of the above plus units that have refused to respond, units that were not contacted and other types of non-respondent units.

Admin Response rate (extraction) =
Number of questionnaires with response status vi/ Number of questionnaires with response status vii

where vi = in-scope units that have data (either usable or non-usable) that was extracted from administrative files

where vii = all of the above plus units that have refused to report to the administrative data source, units that were not contacted and other types of non-respondent units.

(% of questionnaire collected over all in-scope questionnaires)

Collection Results Rate =
Number of questionnaires with response status iii / Number of questionnaires with response status viii

where iii = same as iii defined above

where viii = same as iv except for the exclusion of units that were contacted because their response is unavailable for a particular month since they are non-monthly reporters.

Extraction Results Rate =
Number of questionnaires with response status ix / Number of questionnaires with response status vii

where ix = same as vi with the addition of extracted units that have been imputed or were out of scope

where vii = same as vii defined above

(% of questionnaires collected over all questionnaire in-scope we tried to collect)

All the above weighted and un-weighted rates are provided at the industrial group, geography and size group level or for any combination of these levels.

Use of Administrative Data

Managing response burden is an ongoing challenge for Statistics Canada. In an attempt to alleviate response burden and survey costs, especially for smaller businesses, the MRTS has reduced the number of simple establishments in the sample that are surveyed directly and instead derives sales data for these establishments from Goods and Service Tax (GST) files using a statistical model. The model accounts for differences between sales and revenue (reported for GST purposes) as well as for the time lag between the survey reference period and the reference period of the GST file.

For more information on the methodology used for modeling sales from administrative data sources, refer to ‘Monthly Retail Trade Survey: Use of Administrative Data’ under ‘Documentation’ of the IMDB.

Table 1 contains the weighted response rates for all industry groups as well as for total retail trade for each province and territory. For more detailed weighted response rates, please contact the Marketing and Dissemination Section at (613) 951-3549, toll free: 1-877-421-3067 or by e-mail at retailinfo@statcan.

6.2. Methods used to reduce non-response at collection

Significant effort is spent trying to minimize non-response during collection. Methods used, among others, are interviewer techniques such as probing and persuasion, repeated re-scheduling and call-backs to obtain the information, and procedures dealing with how to handle non-compliant (refusal) respondents.

If data are unavailable at the time of collection, a respondent's best estimates are also accepted, and are subsequently revised once the actual data become available.

To minimize total non-response for all variables, partial responses are accepted. In addition, questionnaires are customized for the collection of certain variables, such as inventory, so that collection is timed for those months when the data are available.

Finally, to build trust and rapport between the interviewers and respondents, cases are generally assigned to the same interviewer each month. This action establishes a personal relationship between interviewer and respondent, and builds respondent trust.

7. Data collection and capture operations

Collection of the data is performed by Statistics Canada’s Regional Offices.

Table 1
Weighted response rates by NAICS, for all provinces/territories: June 2011
  Weighted Response Rates
Total Survey Administrative
NAICS - Canada
Motor Vehicle and Parts Dealers 91.9 92.6 65.5
Automobile Dealers 94 94.4 53.4
New Car Dealers 95.1 95.1  
Used Car Dealers 76.3 80.3 53.4
Other Motor Vehicle Dealers 75.7 74.1 84.7
Automotive Parts, Accessories and Tire Stores 83.5 89.5 46.3
Furniture and Home Furnishings Stores 79.8 86.4 24.5
Furniture Stores 83.8 86.6 29.5
Home Furnishings Stores 73.2 85.9 22.4
Electronics and Appliance Stores 88.1 88.5 81.9
Building Material and Garden Equipment Dealers 87.9 91.3 49
Food and Beverage Stores 81.5 86.6 17.6
Grocery Stores 84 89.8 15.3
Grocery (except Convenience) Stores 86.5 92 15.5
Convenience Stores 55.9 63.1 14.1
Specialty Food Stores 65.9 72.1 35.9
Beer, Wine and Liquor Stores 75.6 77.3 15.7
Health and Personal Care Stores 86.3 88.1 66.7
Gasoline Stations 88 90.5 52.8
Clothing and Clothing Accessories Stores 85.2 86.8 43.4
Clothing Stores 84.6 86.1 42.6
Shoe Stores 93.3 94.2 27.8
Jewellery, Luggage and Leather Goods Stores 81.3 83.8 50
Sporting Goods, Hobby, Book and Music Stores 84.1 91.5 35.9
General Merchandise Stores 98.9 99.6 27.5
Department Stores 100 100  
Other general merchadise stores 98 99.2 27.5
Miscellaneous Store Retailers 79.1 85.7 23.2
Total 88.2 90.9 41.2
Regions
Newfoundland and Labrador 83.3 84.3 45.9
Prince Edward Island 84.6 85.6 20.2
Nova Scotia 91.5 93.4 48.8
New Brunswick 84.1 87.7 39.5
Québec 88.4 91.9 38.5
Ontario 88.8 91.5 39.9
Manitoba 88.4 89.2 56.7
Saskatchewan 89.7 91.4 51
Alberta 86.8 89 47.8
British Columbia 87.8 91 37.8
Yukon Territory 87.9 87.9  
Northwest Territories 88.9 88.9  
Nunavut 87.6 87.6  
1 There are no administrative records used in new car dealers

Weighted Response Rates

Respondents are sent a questionnaire or are contacted by telephone to obtain their sales and inventory values, as well as to confirm the opening or closing of business trading locations. Collection of the data begins approximately 7 working days after the end of the reference month and continues for the duration of that month.

New entrants to the survey are introduced to the survey via an introductory letter that informs the respondent that a representative of Statistics Canada will be calling. This call is to introduce the respondent to the survey, confirm the respondent's business activity, establish and begin data collection, as well as to answer any questions that the respondent may have.

8. Editing

Data editing is the application of checks to detect missing, invalid or inconsistent entries or to point to data records that are potentially in error. In the survey process for the MRTS, data editing is done at two different time periods.

First of all, editing is done during data collection. Once data are collected via the telephone, or via the receipt of completed mail-in questionnaires, the data are captured using customized data capture applications. All data are subjected to data editing. Edits during data collection are referred to as field edits and generally consist of validity and some simple consistency edits. They are used to detect mistakes made during the interview by the respondent or the interviewer and to identify missing information during collection in order to reduce the need for follow-up later on. Another purpose of the field edits is to clean up responses. In the MRTS, the current month’s responses are edited against the respondent’s previous month’s responses and/or the previous year’s responses for the current month. Field edits are also used to identify problems with data collection procedures and the design of the questionnaire, as well as the need for more interviewer training.

Follow-up with respondents occurs to validate potential erroneous data following any failed preliminary edit check of the data. Once validated, the collected data is regularly transmitted to the head office in Ottawa.

Secondly, editing known as statistical editing is also done after data collection and this is more empirical in nature. Statistical editing is run prior to imputation in order to identify the data that will be used as a basis to impute non-respondents. Large outliers that could disrupt a monthly trend are excluded from trend calculations by the statistical edits. It should be noted that adjustments are not made at this stage to correct the reported outliers.

The first step in the statistical editing is to identify which responses will be subjected to the statistical edit rules. Reported data for the current reference month will go through various edit checks.

The first set of edit checks is based on the Hidiriglou-Berthelot method whereby a ratio of the respondent’s current month data over historical (last month, same month last year) or auxiliary data is analyzed. When the respondent’s ratio differs significantly from ratios of respondents who are similar in terms of industry and/or geography group, the response is deemed an outlier.

The second set of edits consists of an edit known as the share of market edit. With this method, one is able to edit all respondents, even those where historical and auxiliary data is unavailable. The method relies on current month data only. Therefore, within a group of respondents, that are similar in terms of industrial group and/or geography, if the weighted contribution of a respondent to the group’s total is too large, it will be flagged as an outlier.

For edit checks based on the Hidiriglou-Berthelot method, data that are flagged as an outlier will not be included in the imputation models (those based on ratios). Also, data that are flagged as outliers in the share of market edit will not be included in the imputation models where means and medians are calculated to impute for responses that have no historical responses.

In conjunction with the statistical editing after data collection of reported data, there is also error detection done on the extracted GST data. Modeled data based on the GST are also subject to an extensive series of processing steps which thoroughly verify each record that is the basis for the model as well as the record being modeled. Edits are performed at a more aggregate level (industry by geography level) to detect records which deviate from the expected range, either by exhibiting large month-to-month change, or differing significantly from the remaining units. All data which fail these edits are subject to manual inspection and possible corrective action.

9. Imputation

Imputation in the MRTS is the process used to assign replacement values for missing data. This is done by assigning values when they are missing on the record being edited to ensure that estimates are of high quality and that a plausible, internal consistency is created. Due to concerns of response burden, cost and timeliness, it is generally impossible to do all follow-ups with the respondents in order to resolve missing responses. Since it is desirable to produce a complete and consistent microdata file, imputation is used to handle the remaining missing cases.

In the MRTS, imputation is based on historical data or administrative data (GST sales). The appropriate method is selected according to a strategy that is based on whether historical data is available, auxiliary data is available and/or which reference month is being processed.

There are three types of historical imputation methods. The first type is a general trend that uses one historical data source (previous month, data from next month or data from same month previous year). The second type is a regression model where data from previous month and same month previous year are used simultaneously. The third type uses the historical data as a direct replacement value for a non-respondent. Depending upon the particular reference month, there is an order of preference that exists so that top quality imputation can result. The historical imputation method that was labelled as the third type above is always the last option in the order for each reference month.

The imputation methods using administrative data are automatically selected when historical information is unavailable for a non-respondent. The administrative data source (annual GST sales) is the basis of these methods. The annual GST sales are used for two types of methods. One is a general trend that will be used for simple structure, e.g. enterprises with only one establishment, and a second type is called median-average that is used for units with a more complex structure.

10. Estimation

Estimation is a process that approximates unknown population parameters using only part of the population that is included in a sample. Inferences about these unknown parameters are then made, using the sample data and associated survey design. This stage uses Statistics Canada's Generalized Estimation System (GES).

For retail sales, the population is divided into a survey portion (take-all and take-some strata) and a non-survey portion (take-none stratum). From the sample that is drawn from the survey portion, an estimate for the population is determined through the use of a Horvitz-Thompson estimator where responses for sales are weighted by using the inverses of the inclusion probabilities of the sampled units. Such weights (called sampling weights) can be interpreted as the number of times that each sampled unit should be replicated to represent the entire population. The calculated weighted sales values are summed by domain, to produce the total sales estimates by each industrial group / geographic area combination. A domain is defined as the most recent classification values available from the BR for the unit and the survey reference period. These domains may differ from the original sampling strata because units may have changed size, industry or location. Changes in classification are reflected immediately in the estimates and do not accumulate over time. For the non-survey portion, the sales are estimated with statistical models using monthly GST sales.

For more information on the methodology for modeling sales from administrative data sources which also contributes to the estimates of the survey portion, refer to ‘Monthly Retail Survey: Use of Administrative Data’ under ‘Documentation’ of the IMDB.

The measure of precision used for the MRTS to evaluate the quality of a population parameter estimate and to obtain valid inferences is the variance. The variance from the survey portion is derived directly from a stratified simple random sample without replacement.

Sample estimates may differ from the expected value of the estimates. However, since the estimate is based on a probability sample, the variability of the sample estimate with respect to its expected value can be measured. The variance of an estimate is a measure of the precision of the sample estimate and is defined as the average, over all possible samples, of the squared difference of the estimate from its expected value.

11. Revisions and seasonal adjustment

Revisions in the raw data are required to correct known non-sampling errors. These normally include replacing imputed data with reported data, corrections to previously reported data, and estimates for new births that were not known at the time of the original estimates. Raw data are revised, on a monthly basis, for the month immediately prior to the current reference month being published. That is, when data for December are being published for the first time, there will also be revisions, if necessary, to the raw data for November. In addition, revisions are made once a year, with the initial release of the February data, for all months in the previous year. The purpose is to correct any significant problems that have been found that apply for an extended period. The actual period of revision depends on the nature of the problem identified, but rarely exceeds three years. Time series contain the elements essential to the description, explanation and forecasting of the behaviour of an economic phenomenon: "They are statistical records of the evolution of economic processes through time."1 Economic time series such as the Monthly Retail Trade Survey can be broken down into five main components: the trend-cycle, seasonality, the trading-day effect, the Easter holiday effect and the irregular component.

The trend represents the long-term change in the series, whereas the cycle represents a smooth, quasi-periodical movement about the trend, showing a succession of growth and decline phases (e.g., the business cycle). These two components—the trend and the cycle—are estimated together, and the trend-cycle reflects the fundamental evolution of the series. The other components reflect short-term transient movements.

The seasonal component represents sub-annual, monthly or quarterly fluctuations that recur more or less regularly from one year to the next. Seasonal variations are caused by the direct and indirect effects of the climatic seasons and institutional factors (attributable to social conventions or administrative rules; e.g., Christmas).

The trading-day component originates from the fact that the relative importance of the days varies systematically within the week and that the number of each day of the week in a given month varies from year to year. This effect is present when activity varies with the day of the week. For instance, Sunday is typically less active than the other days, and the number of Sundays, Mondays, etc., in a given month changes from year to year.

The Easter holiday effect is the variation due to the shift of part of April’s activity to March when Easter falls in March rather than April.

Lastly, the irregular component includes all other more or less erratic fluctuations not taken into account in the preceding components. It is a residual that includes errors of measurement on the 1. A Note on the Seasonal adjustment of Economic Time Series», Canadian Statistical Review, August 1974.  A variable itself as well as unusual events (e.g., strikes, drought, floods, major power blackout or other unexpected events causing variations in respondents’ activities).

Thus, the latter four components—seasonal, irregular, trading-day and Easter holiday effect—all conceal the fundamental trend-cycle component of the series. Seasonal adjustment (correction of seasonal variation) consists in removing the seasonal, trading-day and Easter holiday effect components from the series, and it thus helps reveal the trend-cycle. While seasonal adjustment permits a better understanding of the underlying trend-cycle of a series, the seasonally adjusted series still contains an irregular component. Slight month-to-month variations in the seasonally adjusted series may be simple irregular movements. To get a better idea of the underlying trend, users should examine several months of the seasonally adjusted series.

Since April 2008, Monthly Retail Trade Survey data are seasonally adjusted using the X-12- ARIMA2 software. The technique that is used essentially consists of first correcting the initial series for all sorts of undesirable effects, such as the trading-day and the Easter holiday effects, by a module called regARIMA. These effects are estimated using regression models with ARIMA errors (auto-regressive integrated moving average models). The series can also be extrapolated for at least one year by using the model. Subsequently, the raw series—pre-adjusted and extrapolated if applicable— is seasonally adjusted by the X-11 method.

The X-11 method is used for analysing monthly and quarterly series. It is based on an iterative principle applied in estimating the different components, with estimation being done at each stage using adequate moving averages3. The moving averages used to estimate the main components—the trend and seasonality—are primarily smoothing tools designed to eliminate an undesirable component from the series. Since moving averages react poorly to the presence of atypical values, the X-11 method includes a tool for detecting and correcting atypical points. This tool is used to clean up the series during the seasonal adjustment. Outlying data points can also be detected and corrected in advance, within the regARIMA module.

Lastly, the annual totals of the seasonally adjusted series are forced to the annual totals of the original series.

Unfortunately, seasonal adjustment removes the sub-annual additivity of a system of series; small discrepancies can be observed between the sum of seasonally adjusted series and the direct seasonal adjustment of their total. To insure or restore additivity in a system of series, a reconciliation process is applied or indirect seasonal adjustment is used, i.e. the seasonal adjustment of a total is derived by the summation of the individually seasonally adjusted series.

12. Data quality evaluation

The methodology of this survey has been designed to control errors and to reduce their potential effects on estimates. However, the survey results remain subject to errors, of which sampling error is only one component of the total survey error. Sampling error results when observations are made only on a sample and not on the entire population. All other errors arising from the various phases of a survey are referred to as nonsampling errors. For example, these types of errors can occur when a respondent provides incorrect information or does not answer certain questions; when a unit in the target population is omitted or covered more than once; when GST data for records being modeled for a particular month are not representative of the actual record for various reasons; when a unit that is out of scope for the survey is included by mistake or when errors occur in data processing, such as coding or capture errors.

Prior to publication, combined survey results are analyzed for comparability; in general, this includes a detailed review of individual responses (especially for large businesses), general economic conditions and historical trends.

A common measure of data quality for surveys is the coefficient of variation (CV). The coefficient of variation, defined as the standard error divided by the sample estimate, is a measure of precision in relative terms. Since the coefficient of variation is calculated from responses of individual units, it also measures some non-sampling errors.

The formula used to calculate coefficients of variation (CV) as percentages is:

CV (X) = S(X) * 100% / X
where X denotes the estimate and S(X) denotes the standard error of X.

Confidence intervals can be constructed around the estimates using the estimate and the CV. Thus, for our sample, it is possible to state with a given level of confidence that the expected value will fall within the confidence interval constructed around the estimate. For example, if an estimate of $12,000,000 has a CV of 2%, the standard error will be $240,000 (the estimate multiplied by the CV). It can be stated with 68% confidence that the expected values will fall within the interval whose length equals the standard deviation about the estimate, i.e. between $11,760,000 and $12,240,000.

Alternatively, it can be stated with 95% confidence that the expected value will fall within the interval whose length equals two standard deviations about the estimate, i.e. between $11,520,000 and $12,480,000.

Finally, due to the small contribution of the non-survey portion to the total estimates, bias in the non-survey portion has a negligible impact on the CVs. Therefore, the CV from the survey portion is used for the total estimate that is the summation of estimates from the surveyed and non-surveyed portions.

13. Disclosure control

Statistics Canada is prohibited by law from releasing any data which would divulge information obtained under the Statistics Act that relates to any identifiable person, business or organization without the prior knowledge or the consent in writing of that person, business or organization. Various confidentiality rules are applied to all data that are released or published to prevent the publication or disclosure of any information deemed confidential. If necessary, data are suppressed to prevent direct or residual disclosure of identifiable data.

Confidentiality analysis includes the detection of possible "direct disclosure", which occurs when the value in a tabulation cell is composed of a few respondents or when the cell is dominated by a few companies.

 
Subscribe to
Date modified: